• Home
  • Line#
  • Scopes#
  • Navigate#
  • Raw
  • Download
1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3 /*
4  * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5  *
6  * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7  * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8  * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9  * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10  * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11  * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12  * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13  * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
14  * Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Intel Corporation
15  *
16  * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17  * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18  * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19  *
20  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21  * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23  * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24  * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26  * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27  *
28  */
29 
30 /*
31  * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32  * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33  * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34  *
35  * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36  * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37  * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38  * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39  * can actually be identified and removed.
40  * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41  */
42 
43 #include <linux/types.h>
44 
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46 
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG		"config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN		"scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG		"regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME		"mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR		"vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN		"nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE	"testmode"
54 
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN	4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX	15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN	1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX	0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59 
60 /**
61  * DOC: Station handling
62  *
63  * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64  * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65  * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66  * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67  * to.
68  *
69  * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70  * capabilities.
71  *
72  * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73  * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74  *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75  *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76  *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77  *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78  *    time mark it authorized.
79  *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80  *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81  *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82  *
83  * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84  */
85 
86 /**
87  * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88  *
89  * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90  * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91  * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92  * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93  * for various reasons.
94  *
95  * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96  * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97  * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98  * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99  * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100  * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101  * for doing that.
102  *
103  * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104  * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105  * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106  *
107  * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108  *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109  *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110  *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111  *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112  *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113  *
114  * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115  * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116  * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117  * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118  *
119  * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120  * below.
121  */
122 
123 /**
124  * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125  *
126  * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127  * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128  * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129  * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130  *
131  * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132  * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133  * types there no concurrency is implied.
134  *
135  * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136  * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137  * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138  * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139  * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140  * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141  * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142  *
143  * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144  * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145  * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146  * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147  * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148  * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149  * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150  * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151  *
152  * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153  * interfaces that a given device supports.
154  */
155 
156 /**
157  * DOC: packet coalesce support
158  *
159  * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160  * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161  * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162  * and power consumption.
163  *
164  * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165  * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166  * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167  * following events occur.
168  * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169  * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170  * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171  * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172  *
173  * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174  * rule.
175  * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176  * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177  * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178  * Multiple such rules can be created.
179  */
180 
181 /**
182  * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183  *
184  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185  * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186  * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187  * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188  * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189  * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190  * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191  *
192  * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193  * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194  * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195  * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196  * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197  * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198  * not present.
199  *
200  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201  * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202  * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203  * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204  * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205  * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206  * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207  *
208  * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209  * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210  * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211  */
212 
213 /**
214  * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215  *
216  * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
217  * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218  * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219  * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220  * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221  * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222  * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227  * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228  * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229  * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230  * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231  *
232  * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233  * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234  * up a connection or after roaming.
235  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238  *	%Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239  * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240  * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241  *
242  * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
243  * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244  * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245  * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246  * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247  * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248  * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249  */
250 
251 /**
252  * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253  *
254  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255  * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256  * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257  * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258  *
259  * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260  * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261  * respectively.
262  */
263 
264 /**
265  * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266  *
267  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268  * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269  * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270  * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271  * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272  * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273  * that main netdev.
274  *
275  * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276  * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277  * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278  */
279 
280 /**
281  * DOC: TID configuration
282  *
283  * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284  * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285  *
286  * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287  * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288  * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289  *
290  * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291  * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292  * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293  * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294  * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
295  * will be overwritten.
296  *
297  * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
298  * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299  * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300  * the interface goes down.
301  */
302 
303 /**
304  * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
305  *
306  * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
307  *
308  * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310  * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311  * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312  * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
313  *
314  * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315  * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316  * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317  * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321  *			(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
322  *
323  * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
324  */
325 
326 /**
327  * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
328  *
329  * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between to MLDs utilizes multiple
330  * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331  * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332  * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333  * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334  * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
335  */
336 
337 /**
338  * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload
339  *
340  * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate
341  * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is
342  * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and
343  * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK.
344  */
345 
346 /**
347  * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
348  *
349  * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
350  *
351  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
352  *	to get a list of all present wiphys.
353  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
354  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
355  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
356  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
357  *	channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
358  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
359  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
360  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.  However, for setting the channel,
361  *	see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
362  *	compatibility only.
363  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
364  *	or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
365  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
366  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
367  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
368  *
369  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
370  *	either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
371  *	single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
372  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
373  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
374  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
375  *	to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
376  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
377  *	be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
378  *	then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
379  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
380  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
381  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
382  *	userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
383  *	attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
384  *	enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
385  *	and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
386  *	the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
387  *
388  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
389  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
390  *	represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
391  *	the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
393  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
394  *	For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
395  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
396  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
397  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
398  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
399  *	peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
400  *	group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
401  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
402  *	or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
403  *	for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
404  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
405  *
406  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
407  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
408  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
409  *	attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
410  *	internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
411  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
412  * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
413  *	are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
414  *	do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
415  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
416  *	%NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
417  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
418  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
419  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
420  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
421  *	The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
422  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
423  *	attributes determining channel width.
424  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
425  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
426  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
427  *
428  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
429  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
430  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
431  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
432  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
433  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
434  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435  *	or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
436  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
437  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
438  *	of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
439  *	(Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
440  *	frame).
441  *
442  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
443  * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
444  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
445  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
446  * 	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
447  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
448  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
449  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
450  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
451  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
452  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
453  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
454  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
455  *	or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
456  *	by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
457  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
458  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
459  *
460  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
461  *	regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
462  *	has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
463  *	global regdomain will be returned.
464  *	A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
465  *	regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
466  *	information will still be mended according to further hints from
467  *	the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
468  *	is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
469  *	all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
470  *	If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
471  *	its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
472  *	core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
473  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
474  *	after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
475  *	domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
476  *	current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
477  * 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
478  * 	regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
479  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
480  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
481  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
482  * 	%NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
483  * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
484  * 	to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
485  * 	store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
486  *
487  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
488  *	interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
489  *
490  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
491  *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
492  *
493  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
494  *	interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
495  *	frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
496  *	added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
497  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
498  *	added to all specified management frames generated by
499  *	kernel/firmware/driver.
500  *	Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
501  *	point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
502  *	command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
503  *	option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
504  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
505  *	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
506  *
507  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
508  * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
509  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
510  *	probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
511  *	specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
512  *	be used.
513  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
514  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
515  * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
516  *	partial scan results may be available
517  *
518  * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
519  *	intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
520  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
521  *	not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
522  *	scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
523  *	These attributes are mutually exculsive,
524  *	i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
525  *	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
526  *	If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
527  *	plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
528  *	Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
529  *	are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
530  *	broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
531  *	string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
532  *	a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
533  *	if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
534  *	passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
535  *	are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
536  *	using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
537  *	scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
538  *	is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
539  *	scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
540  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
541  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
542  *	scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
543  *	as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
544  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
545  *	results available.
546  * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
547  *	stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
548  *	scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
549  *	does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
550  *	a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
551  *	%NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
552  *	is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
553  *
554  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
555  *      or noise level
556  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
557  *	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
558  *
559  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
560  *	(for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
561  *	(PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
562  *	using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
563  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
564  *	authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
565  *	advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
566  *	ESS.
567  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
568  *	(for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
569  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
570  *	authentication.
571  * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
572  *
573  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
574  * 	has been changed and provides details of the request information
575  * 	that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
576  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
577  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
578  * 	the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
579  * 	%NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
580  * 	set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
581  * 	%NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
582  * 	to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
583  * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
584  * 	has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
585  * 	any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
586  * 	where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
587  * 	if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
588  * 	driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
589  * 	doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
590  * 	on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
591  * 	or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
592  * 	never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
593  * 	enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
594  * 	either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
595  * 	userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
596  * 	(%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
597  * 	before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
598  * 	the beacon hint was processed.
599  *
600  * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
601  *	This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
602  *	as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
603  *	authentication process.
604  *	When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
605  *	interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
606  *	BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
607  *	the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
608  *	request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
609  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
610  *	channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
611  *	authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
612  *	(VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
613  *	to the frame.
614  *	When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
615  *	frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
616  *	frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
617  *	state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
618  *	MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
619  *	included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
620  *	(including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
621  *	also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
622  *	case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
623  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
624  *	pending authentication timed out).
625  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
626  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
627  *	(similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
628  *	MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
629  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
630  *	request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
631  *	included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
632  *	included).
633  * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
634  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
635  *	MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
636  *	primitives).
637  * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
638  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
639  *	MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
640  *
641  * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
642  *	MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
643  *	event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
644  *	the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
645  *	type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
646  *	%NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
647  *	event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
648  *
649  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
650  *	FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
651  *	and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
652  *	should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
653  *	executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
654  *	may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
655  *	given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
656  *	given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
657  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
658  *	determined by the network interface.
659  *
660  * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
661  *	to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
662  *	to the driver.
663  *
664  * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
665  *	requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
666  *	auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
667  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
668  *	IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
669  *	%NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
670  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
671  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
672  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
673  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
674  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
675  *	If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
676  *	restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
677  *	within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
678  *	can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
679  *	allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
680  *	ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
681  *	set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
682  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
683  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
684  *	Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
685  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
686  *	included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
687  *	space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
688  *	up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
689  *	userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
690  *	driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
691  *	has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
692  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
693  *	the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
694  *	a different BSS is desired.
695  *	Background scan period can optionally be
696  *	specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
697  *	if not specified default background scan configuration
698  *	in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
699  *	This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
700  *	It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
701  *	connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
702  *	determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
703  *	non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
704  *	event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
705  *	authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
706  *	Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
707  *	well to remain backwards compatible.
708  * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
709  *	When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
710  *	fast transition, this event should be followed by an
711  *	%NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
712  *	Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
713  *	%NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
714  *	new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
715  * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
716  *	userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
717  *	reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
718  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
719  *
720  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
721  *	associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
722  *
723  * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
724  *	channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
725  *	off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
726  *	a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
727  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
728  *	radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
729  *	frequency for the operation.
730  *	%NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
731  *	to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
732  *	notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
733  *	driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
734  *	radio).
735  *	When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
736  *	that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
737  *	the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
738  * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
739  *	pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
740  *	completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
741  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
742  *	radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
743  *	uniquely identify the request.
744  *	This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
745  *	remain-on-channel duration has expired.
746  *
747  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
748  *	rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
749  *	and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
750  *
751  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
752  *	(via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
753  *	requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
754  *	backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
755  *	and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
756  *	that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
757  *	four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
758  *	cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
759  *	socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
760  *	The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
761  *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
762  *	case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
763  *	flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
764  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
765  *	backward compatibility
766  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
767  *	command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
768  *	as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
769  *	kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
770  *	user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
771  *	frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
772  *	to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
773  *	received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
774  *	or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
775  *	and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
776  *	specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
777  *	returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
778  *	TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
779  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
780  *	management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
781  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
782  *	counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
783  *	is used during CSA period.
784  *	For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
785  *	specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
786  *	in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
787  *	lower layers.
788  *	For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
789  *	indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
790  *	be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
791  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
792  *	command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
793  *	time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.  This command is
794  *	also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
795  *	wait time.
796  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
797  * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
798  *	transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
799  *	the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
800  *	frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
801  *	the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
802  *	tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
803  *	indicate the ack RX timestamp.
804  * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
805  *	backward compatibility.
806  *
807  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
808  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
809  *
810  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
811  *	is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
812  *	levels.
813  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
814  *	command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
815  *	reached.
816  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
817  *	and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
818  *	(identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
819  *	In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
820  *	with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
821  *	When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
822  *	no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
823  *	of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
824  *	precedence when they are used.
825  *
826  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
827  *	(no longer supported).
828  *
829  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
830  *	multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
831  *	with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
832  *	will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
833  *	MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
834  *	break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
835  *	unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
836  *	to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
837  *	This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
838  *	type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
839  *	(%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
840  *	If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
841  *	command, the feature is disabled.
842  *
843  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
844  *	mesh config parameters may be given.
845  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
846  *	network is determined by the network interface.
847  *
848  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
849  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
850  *	deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
851  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
852  *	notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
853  *	disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
854  *
855  * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
856  *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
857  *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
858  *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
859  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
860  *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
861  *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
862  *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
863  *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
864  *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
865  *      depending on the authentication result.
866  *
867  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
868  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
869  *	Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
870  *	various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
871  *	command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
872  *	more background information, see
873  *	https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
874  *	The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
875  *	from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
876  *	@NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
877  *	for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
878  *	in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
879  *	wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
880  *
881  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
882  *	the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
883  *	feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
884  *	is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
885  *	contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
886  *	this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
887  *	inform userspace of the new replay counter.
888  *
889  * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
890  *	of PMKSA caching dandidates.
891  *
892  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
893  *	In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
894  *	actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
895  *	In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
896  *	operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
897  *	%NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
898  *	%NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
899  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
900  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
901  *	sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
902  *	802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
903  *	8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
904  *	supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
905  *	and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
906  *	&enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
907  *
908  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
909  *	(or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
910  *	implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
911  *	frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
912  *	is received.
913  *	For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
914  *	other attributes like the interface index are present.
915  *	If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
916  *	only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
917  *	is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
918  *
919  * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
920  *	associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
921  *	and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
922  *	to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
923  *
924  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
925  *	by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
926  *	acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
927  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
928  *	direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
929  *	up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
930  *	has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
931  *
932  * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
933  *	other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
934  *	OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
935  *	messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
936  *
937  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
938  *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
939  *
940  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
941  *	independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
942  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
943  *	attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
944  *	sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
945  *	from the remote AP) is completed;
946  *
947  * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
948  *	has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
949  *	(ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
950  *	initiated on our own).  It indicates that
951  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
952  *	after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
953  *	decide to react to this indication by requesting other
954  *	interfaces to change channel as well.
955  *
956  * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
957  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
958  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
959  *	P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
960  *	public action frame TX.
961  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
962  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
963  *
964  * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
965  *	notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
966  *	station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
967  *	is used for this.
968  *
969  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
970  *	for IBSS or MESH vif.
971  *
972  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
973  *	This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
974  *	address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
975  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
976  *	%NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
977  *	is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
978  *	will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
979  *	command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
980  *	ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
981  *
982  * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
983  *	a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
984  *	or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
985  *	this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
986  *	while operating on this channel.
987  *	%NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
988  *	event.
989  *
990  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
991  *	i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
992  *	Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
993  *
994  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
995  *	Information Element to the WLAN driver
996  *
997  * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
998  *	to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
999  *	with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
1000  *	received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
1001  *
1002  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
1003  *	a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
1004  *	complete.
1005  *
1006  * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
1007  *	return back to normal.
1008  *
1009  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1010  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1011  *
1012  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1013  *	new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1014  *	in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1015  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1016  *	new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1017  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1018  *	width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1019  *	other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1020  *	switch is complete.
1021  *
1022  * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1023  *	by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1024  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1025  *	%NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1026  *	For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1027  *	used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1028  *	(&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1029  *	This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1030  *
1031  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1032  *	The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1033  *	that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1034  *	QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1035  *	association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1036  *
1037  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1038  *	%NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1039  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1040  *	Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1041  *	userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1042  *	up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1043  *	If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1044  *	if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1045  *	avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1046  *	make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1047  *	fail even if the check was successful.
1048  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1049  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1050  *	before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1051  *	or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1052  *
1053  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1054  *	destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1055  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1056  *
1057  * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1058  *	bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1059  * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1060  *	network is determined by the network interface.
1061  *
1062  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1063  *	identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1064  *	provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1065  *	channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1066  *	%NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1067  *	The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1068  *	operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1069  *	AP.
1070  * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1071  *	peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1072  *	when this command completes.
1073  *
1074  * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1075  *	as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1076  *	management.
1077  *
1078  * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1079  *	not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1080  *	cfg80211_scan_done().
1081  *
1082  * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1083  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1084  *	previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1085  *	has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1086  *	cluster. This command must have a valid
1087  *	%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1088  *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1089  *	omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1090  *	decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
1091  *	added.
1092  * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1093  *	its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1094  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1095  *	with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1096  *	operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1097  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1098  *	of the function upon success.
1099  *	Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1100  *	way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1101  *	event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1102  *	function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1103  *	which just terminated.
1104  *	This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1105  *	returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1106  *	the response to this command.
1107  *	Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1108  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1109  *	This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1110  *	terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1111  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1112  * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1113  *	configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1114  *	was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
1115  *	attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1116  *	%NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1117  *	current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
1118  *	set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1119  *	(i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1120  * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1121  *	This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1122  *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1123  *
1124  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1125  *	for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1126  *	BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1127  *	does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1128  *	only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1129  *
1130  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1131  *	for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1132  *	When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1133  *	PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1134  * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1135  *	configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1136  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1137  * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1138  *	completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1139  *	should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1140  *	%NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1141  *	should be indicated instead.
1142  * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1143  *	and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
1144  *	a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1145  *	has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1146  *	frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1147  *	802.11 headers.
1148  *	For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1149  *	its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1150  *	to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1151  *	the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1152  *	the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1153  *	address of that link.
1154  *	When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1155  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1156  *	indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1157  *	was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1158  *
1159  * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1160  *
1161  * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1162  *	drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1163  *	association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1164  *	This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1165  *	to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1166  *	driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1167  *
1168  *	User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1169  *	trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1170  *	this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1171  *	space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1172  *	space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1173  *	further with the association after getting successful authentication
1174  *	status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1175  *	%NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1176  *	command interface.
1177  *
1178  *	Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
1179  *	%NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
1180  *	during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
1181  *	APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
1182  *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
1183  *	MLO during the authentication offload or not.
1184  *	User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
1185  *	receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
1186  *	space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
1187  *	doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
1188  *	User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
1189  *	interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
1190  *	address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
1191  *	BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
1192  *	MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
1193  *	authentication.
1194  *
1195  *	Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1196  *	user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1197  *	initiated the connection through the connect request.
1198  *
1199  * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1200  *	ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1201  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1202  *	address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1203  *
1204  * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1205  *	the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1206  *
1207  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1208  *	with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1209  *	%NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1210  *	randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1211  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1212  *	If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1213  *	A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1214  *	the netlink extended ack message.
1215  *
1216  *	To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1217  *
1218  *	Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1219  *	measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1220  *	become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1221  *	buffer size.
1222  *
1223  *	Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1224  *	multiple concurrent measurements.
1225  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1226  *	result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1227  * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1228  *	the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1229  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1230  *
1231  * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1232  *	detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1233  *	indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1234  *	determining the width and type.
1235  *
1236  * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1237  *	offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1238  *	OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1239  *	on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1240  *
1241  * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1242  *	refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1243  *	frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1244  *	primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1245  *	the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1246  *	form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1247  *	properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1248  *	regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1249  *	so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1250  *	rate selection.
1251  *
1252  *	Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1253  *	peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1254  *	content. The frame is ethernet data.
1255  *
1256  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1257  *	is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1258  *
1259  * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1260  *	frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1261  *	dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1262  *	protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1263  *
1264  * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1265  *	port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1266  *	%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1267  *	includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1268  *	if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1269  *
1270  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1271  *	passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1272  *	specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1273  *
1274  * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1275  *	mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1276  *
1277  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1278  *	userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1279  *
1280  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1281  *	started
1282  *
1283  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1284  *	been aborted
1285  *
1286  * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1287  *	has completed
1288  *
1289  * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1290  *	&NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1291  *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1292  *	&NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1293  *		(STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1294  *
1295  * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1296  *      temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1297  *      to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1298  *      specify the timeout value.
1299  *
1300  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1301  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1302  * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1303  *	without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1304  *	in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1305  *
1306  * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1307  * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1308  * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1309  *
1310  * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1311  * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1312  */
1313 enum nl80211_commands {
1314 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1315 	NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1316 
1317 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,		/* can dump */
1318 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1319 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1320 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1321 
1322 	NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,	/* can dump */
1323 	NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1324 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1325 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1326 
1327 	NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1328 	NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1329 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1330 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1331 
1332 	NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1333 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1334 	NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1335 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1336 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1337 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1338 
1339 	NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1340 	NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1341 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1342 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1343 
1344 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1345 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1346 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1347 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1348 
1349 	NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1350 
1351 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1352 	NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1353 
1354 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1355 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1356 
1357 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1358 
1359 	NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1360 
1361 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1362 	NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1363 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1364 	NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1365 
1366 	NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1367 
1368 	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1369 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1370 	NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1371 	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1372 
1373 	NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1374 
1375 	NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1376 
1377 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1378 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1379 
1380 	NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1381 
1382 	NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1383 	NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1384 	NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1385 
1386 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1387 
1388 	NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1389 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1390 
1391 	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1392 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1393 	NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1394 
1395 	NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1396 	NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1397 
1398 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1399 
1400 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1401 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1402 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1403 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1404 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1405 	NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1406 
1407 	NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1408 	NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1409 
1410 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1411 	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1412 
1413 	NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1414 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1415 
1416 	NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1417 
1418 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1419 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1420 
1421 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1422 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1423 
1424 	NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1425 
1426 	NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1427 	NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1428 
1429 	NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1430 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1431 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1432 	NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1433 
1434 	NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1435 
1436 	NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1437 
1438 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1439 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1440 
1441 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1442 
1443 	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1444 
1445 	NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1446 
1447 	NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1448 
1449 	NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1450 
1451 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1452 
1453 	NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1454 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1455 
1456 	NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1457 
1458 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1459 
1460 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1461 
1462 	NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1463 
1464 	NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1465 
1466 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1467 	NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1468 
1469 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1470 	NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1471 
1472 	NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1473 	NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1474 
1475 	NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1476 
1477 	NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1478 
1479 	NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1480 
1481 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1482 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1483 
1484 	NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1485 
1486 	NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1487 	NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1488 
1489 	NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1490 
1491 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1492 	NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1493 
1494 	NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1495 
1496 	NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1497 
1498 	NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1499 	NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1500 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1501 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1502 	NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1503 	NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1504 
1505 	NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1506 
1507 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1508 
1509 	NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1510 	NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1511 
1512 	NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1513 
1514 	NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1515 
1516 	NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1517 
1518 	NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1519 
1520 	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1521 
1522 	NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1523 
1524 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1525 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1526 	NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1527 
1528 	NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1529 
1530 	NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1531 
1532 	NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1533 
1534 	NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1535 
1536 	NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1537 
1538 	NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1539 
1540 	NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1541 
1542 	NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1543 
1544 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1545 
1546 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1547 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1548 	NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1549 
1550 	NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1551 
1552 	NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1553 
1554 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1555 	NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1556 
1557 	NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
1558 	NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
1559 	NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
1560 	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
1561 	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
1562 	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
1563 	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
1564 	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
1565 	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_6,
1566 	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_7,
1567 	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_8,
1568 	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_9,
1569 	NL80211_CMD_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_10,
1570 
1571 	/* add new commands above here */
1572 
1573 	/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1574 	__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1575 	NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1576 };
1577 
1578 /*
1579  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1580  * here
1581  */
1582 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1583 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1584 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1585 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1586 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1587 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1588 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1589 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1590 
1591 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1592 
1593 /* source-level API compatibility */
1594 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1595 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1596 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1597 
1598 /**
1599  * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1600  *
1601  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1602  *
1603  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1604  *	/sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1605  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1606  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1607  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1608  *	defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1609  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1610  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1611  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1612  * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1613  *	of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1614  *	documentation of the enum for more information.
1615  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1616  *	channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1617  *	operating channel center frequency.
1618  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1619  *	channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1620  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1621  *	if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1622  *	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1623  *		this attribute)
1624  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1625  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1626  *	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1627  *	This attribute is now deprecated.
1628  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1629  *	less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1630  *	dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1631  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1632  *	greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1633  *	dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1634  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1635  *	length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1636  *	fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1637  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1638  *	larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1639  *	0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1640  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1641  *	section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1642  *
1643  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1644  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1645  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1646  *
1647  * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1648  *	that don't have a netdev (u64)
1649  *
1650  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1651  *
1652  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1653  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1654  *	keys
1655  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1656  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1657  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1658  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1659  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1660  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1661  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1662  *	default management key
1663  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1664  *	other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1665  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1666  *	other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1667  *
1668  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1669  * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1670  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1671  * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1672  *
1673  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1674  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1675  *	&enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1676  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1677  *	IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1678  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1679  *	rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1680  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1681  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1682  *	to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1683  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1684  *	given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1685  *	info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1686  *
1687  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1688  *	consisting of a nested array.
1689  *
1690  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1691  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1692  *	(see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1693  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1694  * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1695  * 	info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1696  *	&enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1697  *
1698  * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1699  *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1700  *
1701  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1702  * 	current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1703  * 	For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1704  * 	to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1705  * 	also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1706  * 	regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1707  * 	IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1708  * 	Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1709  * 	to a specific alpha2.
1710  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1711  *	rules.
1712  *
1713  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1714  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1715  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1716  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1717  *	(u8, 0 or 1)
1718  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1719  *	rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1720  *	restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1721  *
1722  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1723  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1724  *
1725  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1726  *	supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1727  *	of the interface mode.
1728  *
1729  * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1730  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1731  *
1732  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1733  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1734  *
1735  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1736  *	a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1737  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1738  *	scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1739  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1740  *	that can be added to a scan request
1741  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1742  *	elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1743  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1744  *	used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1745  *
1746  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1747  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1748  *	scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1749  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1750  *
1751  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1752  * 	currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1753  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1754  * 	set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1755  *
1756  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1757  *	an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1758  *	that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1759  *
1760  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1761  *	and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1762  *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1763  * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1764  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1765  *	represented as a u32
1766  * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1767  *	%NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1768  *
1769  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1770  *	a u32
1771  *
1772  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1773  * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1774  * 	the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1775  * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1776  * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1777  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1778  * 	due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1779  * 	the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1780  * 	attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1781  * 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1782  *
1783  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1784  *	cipher suites
1785  *
1786  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1787  *	for other networks on different channels
1788  *
1789  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1790  *	is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1791  *
1792  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1793  *	used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1794  *	this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1795  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1796  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1797  *	must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1798  *	Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1799  *	let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1800  *
1801  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1802  *	&struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1803  *
1804  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1805  *	IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1806  *	station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1807  *	request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1808  *	authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1809  *	default in station mode.
1810  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1811  *	ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1812  *	specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1813  *	specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1814  *	attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1815  *	indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1816  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1817  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1818  *	ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1819  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1820  *	port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1821  *	will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1822  *	socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1823  *	control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
1824  *	flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1825  *	using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
1826  *	to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1827  *	flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1828  *	frames are not forwared over the control port.
1829  *
1830  * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1831  *	We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1832  *
1833  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1834  *	event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1835  *	a local disconnect request.
1836  * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1837  *	event (u16)
1838  * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1839  *	that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1840  *	indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1841  *
1842  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1843  *	to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1844  *	(an array of u32).
1845  * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1846  *	indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1847  *	u32).
1848  * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1849  *	indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1850  *	(a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1851  * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1852  *	indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1853  *	This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1854  *	indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1855  *	implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1856  *	the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1857  *	If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1858  *	assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1859  *
1860  * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1861  *	sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1862  * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1863  *	sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1864  *
1865  * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1866  *	commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1867  *	Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1868  *	Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1869  *	used for the initial association to an ESS.
1870  *
1871  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1872  *	%NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1873  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1874  *	and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1875  *	with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1876  *
1877  * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1878  *
1879  * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1880  *	dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1881  *	dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1882  *	obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1883  *	all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1884  *	changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1885  *	completely from scratch.
1886  *
1887  * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1888  *
1889  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1890  *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1891  *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1892  *
1893  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1894  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1895  *	cache, a wiphy attribute.
1896  *
1897  * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1898  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1899  *	specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1900  *	remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1901  *
1902  * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1903  *
1904  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1905  *	(enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1906  *	enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1907  *	data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1908  *	rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1909  *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1910  *	and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1911  *	specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1912  *	The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1913  *	features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1914  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1915  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1916  *	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1917  *
1918  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1919  *	at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1920  * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1921  *	@NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1922  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1923  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1924  *	information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1925  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1926  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1927  *	nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1928  *	information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1929  *
1930  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1931  *	acknowledged by the recipient.
1932  *
1933  * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1934  *
1935  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1936  *	nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1937  *
1938  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1939  *	is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1940  *	invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1941  *	NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1942  *	NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1943  *
1944  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1945  *	connected to this BSS.
1946  *
1947  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1948  *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1949  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1950  *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1951  *      for non-automatic settings.
1952  *
1953  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1954  *	means support for per-station GTKs.
1955  *
1956  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1957  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1958  *	not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1959  *	bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1960  *
1961  *	Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1962  *	bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1963  *	drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1964  *	a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1965  *	a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1966  *	HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1967  *	derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1968  *	Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1969  *	Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1970  *	support by returning -EINVAL.
1971  *
1972  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1973  *	This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1974  *	not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1975  *	the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1976  *	For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1977  *
1978  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1979  *	for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1980  *
1981  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1982  *	for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1983  *
1984  * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1985  *
1986  * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1987  *	transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1988  *	the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1989  *	flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1990  *	nl80211 capability flag.
1991  *
1992  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1993  *
1994  * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1995  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1996  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1997  *
1998  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
1999  *	changed once the mesh is active.
2000  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
2001  *	containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
2002  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
2003  *	allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
2004  *	the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
2005  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
2006  *	&enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
2007  *	management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
2008  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
2009  *
2010  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
2011  *	capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
2012  * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
2013  *	indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
2014  *	used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
2015  *	triggers.
2016  *
2017  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
2018  *	cycles, in msecs.
2019  *
2020  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
2021  *	sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
2022  *	that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
2023  *	pass-thru filter rules.
2024  *	For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
2025  *	set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
2026  *	attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
2027  *	fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
2028  *	able to ignore them by itself.
2029  *	Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
2030  *	this is only an optimization and the userspace application
2031  *	needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
2032  *	If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
2033  *	the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
2034  *	is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
2035  *	will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2036  *	If omitted, no filtering is done.
2037  *
2038  * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2039  *	interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2040  *	defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2041  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2042  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2043  *	are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2044  *	any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2045  *
2046  * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2047  *	necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2048  *
2049  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2050  *	nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2051  *	being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2052  *	without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2053  *
2054  * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2055  *	and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2056  *	&enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2057  *
2058  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2059  *	This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2060  *	provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2061  *	driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2062  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2063  *	Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2064  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2065  *	(Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2066  *	(Re)Association Request frames.
2067  *
2068  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2069  *	of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2070  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2071  *	as AP.
2072  *
2073  * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2074  *	roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2075  *
2076  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2077  *	candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2078  *
2079  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2080  *	for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2081  *	frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2082  *	applications use this attribute.
2083  *	This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2084  *	%NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2085  *
2086  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2087  *	request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2088  *	described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2089  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2090  *	TDLS conversation between two devices.
2091  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2092  *	&enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2093  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2094  *	as a TDLS peer sta.
2095  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2096  *	procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2097  *	%NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2098  *	used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2099  *
2100  * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2101  *	that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2102  *	with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2103  *	&enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2104  *
2105  * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2106  *	the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2107  *	it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2108  *	mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2109  *
2110  * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2111  *	&enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2112  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2113  *	requests while operating in AP-mode.
2114  *	This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2115  *	offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2116  *
2117  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2118  *	probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2119  *	to be filled by the FW.
2120  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2121  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2122  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2123  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2124  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2125  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2126  * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2127  *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2128  *	Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2129  * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2130  *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2131  *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2132  *      The values that may be configured are:
2133  *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2134  *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2135  *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2136  *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
2137  *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2138  *
2139  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2140  *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2141  *    to one DFS region.
2142  *
2143  * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2144  *      up to 16 TIDs.
2145  *
2146  * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2147  *	used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2148  *	to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2149  *	the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2150  *	capability to timeout the stations.
2151  *
2152  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2153  *	this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2154  *	received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2155  *
2156  * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2157  *      or 0 to disable background scan.
2158  *
2159  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2160  *	userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2161  *	a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2162  *	was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2163  *	allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2164  *
2165  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2166  *	the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2167  *	enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2168  *
2169  * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2170  *	This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2171  *	excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2172  *	Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2173  *	authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2174  *	the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2175  *	initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2176  *	Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2177  *	for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2178  *	consistent.
2179  *
2180  * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2181  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2182  *
2183  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2184  *
2185  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2186  *	the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2187  * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2188  *	START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2189  *	if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2190  *	no change is made.
2191  *
2192  * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2193  *	defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2194  *
2195  * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2196  *	carried in a u32 attribute
2197  *
2198  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2199  *	MAC ACL.
2200  *
2201  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2202  *	number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2203  *	ACL.
2204  *
2205  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2206  *	contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2207  *
2208  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2209  *	has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2210  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2211  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2212  *	has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2213  *
2214  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2215  *	the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2216  *
2217  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2218  *	advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2219  *	and PU-APSD.
2220  *
2221  * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2222  *	&enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2223  *
2224  * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2225  *	receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2226  *	messages, given with wiphy dump message
2227  *
2228  * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2229  *
2230  * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2231  *	Element
2232  *
2233  * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2234  *	reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2235  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2236  *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2237  *
2238  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2239  *	This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2240  *	allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2241  *	update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2242  *
2243  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2244  *
2245  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2246  *	until the channel switch event.
2247  * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2248  *	must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2249  *	operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2250  *	was requested by the AP.
2251  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2252  *	for the time while performing a channel switch.
2253  * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2254  *	switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2255  * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2256  *	switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2257  *
2258  * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2259  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2260  *
2261  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2262  *
2263  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2264  *      operating classes.
2265  *
2266  * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2267  *	controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2268  *	%NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2269  *	channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2270  *	to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2271  *	IBSS network.
2272  *
2273  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2274  *	5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2275  * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2276  *	10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2277  *
2278  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2279  *	Notification Element based on association request when used with
2280  *	%NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2281  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2282  *	u8 attribute.
2283  *
2284  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2285  *	%NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2286  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2287  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2288  *	attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2289  * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2290  *	info, containing a nested array of possible events
2291  *
2292  * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2293  *	data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2294  *	in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2295  *
2296  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2297  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2298  *
2299  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2300  *	associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2301  *	Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2302  *	other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2303  *	advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2304  *	to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2305  *
2306  * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2307  *	should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2308  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2309  *	supported number of csa counters.
2310  *
2311  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2312  *	As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2313  *
2314  * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2315  *	creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2316  *	that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2317  *	If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2318  *	owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2319  *	be stopped when the socket is closed.
2320  *	If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2321  *	regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2322  *	that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2323  *	cleared when the socket is closed.
2324  *	If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2325  *	if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2326  *	notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2327  *	attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2328  *	multicast group.
2329  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2330  *	station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2331  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2332  *	torn down when the socket is closed.
2333  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2334  *	automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2335  *	If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2336  *	disabled when the socket is closed.
2337  *
2338  * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2339  *	the TDLS link initiator.
2340  *
2341  * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2342  *	shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2343  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2344  *	User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2345  *	underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2346  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2347  *		%NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2348  *	Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2349  *		%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2350  *	If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2351  *	association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2352  *	flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2353  *
2354  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2355  *	estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2356  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2357  *	drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2358  *	setting valid value for coverage class.
2359  *
2360  * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2361  * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2362  * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2363  *	(per second) (u16 attribute)
2364  *
2365  * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2366  *	&enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2367  *
2368  * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2369  *
2370  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2371  *
2372  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2373  *	is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2374  *	obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2375  *	cfg80211 regdomain.
2376  *
2377  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2378  *	array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2379  *	nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2380  *	least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2381  *	is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2382  *	of byte 3 (u8 array).
2383  *
2384  * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2385  *	returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2386  *	may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2387  *	statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2388  *	For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2389  *	should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2390  *	over all channels.
2391  *
2392  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2393  *	scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2394  *	net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2395  *	system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
2396 
2397  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2398  *      is operating in an indoor environment.
2399  *
2400  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2401  *	scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2402  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2403  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2404  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2405  *	a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2406  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2407  *	Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2408  *	between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2409  *	thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2410  *	between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2411  *	Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2412  * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2413  *	in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2414  *	connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2415  *	a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2416  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2417  *	BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2418  *	attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2419  *	BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2420  *	it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2421  *	BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2422  *
2423  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2424  *	or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2425  *
2426  * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2427  *
2428  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2429  *	%NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2430  *	%NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2431  *	other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2432  *	%NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2433  *	present.
2434  *
2435  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2436  *	groupID for monitor mode.
2437  *	The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2438  *	group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2439  *	each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2440  *	that group and 0 for not being a member.
2441  *	The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2442  *	each group.
2443  *	(smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2444  *	group numbers on least significant bits.)
2445  *	This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2446  *	Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2447  *	groupID data.
2448  *	to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2449  * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2450  *	when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2451  *	to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2452  *	(e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2453  *
2454  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2455  *	started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2456  *	requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2457  *	attribute must not be included).
2458  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2459  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2460  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2461  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2462  *	maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2463  *	measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2464  *	if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2465  * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2466  *	that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2467  *	mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2468  *	and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2469  *
2470  * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2471  *	used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2472  *
2473  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2474  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2475  *	%NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2476  *	Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2477  *	should not be used during a normal device operation.
2478  * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
2479  *	bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2480  *	nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2481  *	would be set.  This attribute is used with
2482  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2483  *	it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2484  *	the device will decide what to use.
2485  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2486  *	&enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2487  *	attribute.
2488  * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2489  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2490  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2491  *	protection.
2492  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2493  *	Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2494  *	STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2495  *
2496  * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2497  *	packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2498  *
2499  * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2500  *	used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2501  *
2502  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2503  *	other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2504  *	connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2505  *	This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2506  *	other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2507  *	the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2508  *	unnecessary wakeups.
2509  *
2510  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2511  *	the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2512  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2513  *	better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2514  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2515  *
2516  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2517  *	u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2518  *	e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2519  *
2520  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2521  *	username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2522  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2523  *
2524  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2525  *	of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2526  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2527  *
2528  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2529  *	to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2530  *	for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2531  *
2532  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2533  *	NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2534  *	%NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2535  *	from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2536  *	%NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2537  *
2538  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2539  *	identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2540  *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2541  *
2542  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2543  *	%NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2544  *	For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2545  *	PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2546  *	authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2547  *	support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2548  *	is included as well.
2549  *
2550  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2551  *	indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2552  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2553  *	scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2554  *
2555  * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2556  *	in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2557  *	wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2558  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2559  * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2560  *
2561  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2562  *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2563  *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2564  *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2565  * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2566  *	space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2567  *	with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2568  *	may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2569  *	is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2570  *	attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2571  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2572  *
2573  * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
2574  *	u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2575  *
2576  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2577  *      nl80211_txq_stats)
2578  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2579  *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2580  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2581  *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2582  *      enforced.
2583  * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2584  *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2585  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2586  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2587  *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2588  *
2589  * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2590  *	in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2591  *	measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2592  *	possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2593  *
2594  * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2595  *	statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2596  *
2597  * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2598  *	if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2599  *	invalid value.
2600  *
2601  * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2602  *	data, uses nested attributes specified in
2603  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2604  *	This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2605  *	with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2606  *
2607  * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2608  *	scheduler.
2609  *
2610  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2611  *	station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2612  *	possible values.
2613  * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2614  *	allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2615  *	the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2616  *	should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2617  *	or per-station.
2618  *
2619  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2620  *	is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2621  *	SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2622  *
2623  * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2624  *
2625  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2626  *	functionality.
2627  *
2628  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2629  *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2630  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2631  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2632  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2633  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2634  *
2635  * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2636  *	(u16).
2637  *
2638  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2639  *
2640  * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2641  *	using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2642  *	attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2643  *	supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2644  *	%NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2645  *	advertised for a specific interface type.
2646  *
2647  * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2648  *	nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2649  *	on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2650  *	attributes.
2651  *
2652  * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2653  *	port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2654  *
2655  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2656  *	dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2657  *	An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2658  *	Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2659  *	configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2660  *	authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2661  *	where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2662  *	authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2663  *	authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2664  *	result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2665  *
2666  * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2667  *	terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2668  *	(u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2669  *	parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2670  *	driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2671  *	after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2672  *	has expired.
2673  *
2674  *	Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2675  *	entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2676  *	no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2677  *	disassociation is still forced.
2678  * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2679  *	%NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2680  * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2681  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2682  *	an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2683  * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2684  *	first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2685  * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2686  *
2687  * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2688  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2689  *
2690  * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2691  *	discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2692  *	&enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2693  *
2694  * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2695  *	unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2696  *	&enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2697  *
2698  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2699  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2700  * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2701  *	override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2702  *	NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2703  *
2704  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2705  *	derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2706  *	This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2707  *	&enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2708  *
2709  * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2710  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2711  *	of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2712  *	sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2713  *
2714  * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2715  *	disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2716  *	is desired.
2717  *
2718  * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2719  *	%NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2720  *
2721  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2722  *	until the color switch event.
2723  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2724  *	switching to
2725  * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2726  *	information for the time while performing a color switch.
2727  *
2728  * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2729  *	advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2730  *	Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2731  *	and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2732  *	Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2733  *	parameters.
2734  *	See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2735  *
2736  * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2737  *	Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2738  *	Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2739  *
2740  * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2741  *	available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2742  *	to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2743  *	Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2744  *	switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2745  *	radar channel.
2746  *
2747  * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2748  *	enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2749  *	used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2750  *
2751  * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2752  *	association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2753  *	only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2754  *
2755  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2756  *	various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2757  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2758  *	per-link information and a link ID.
2759  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2760  *	authenticate/associate.
2761  *
2762  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2763  *	connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2764  *	included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2765  *
2766  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2767  *	AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2768  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2769  *	attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2770  *	suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2771  *	number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2772  *
2773  * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2774  * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2775  *
2776  * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2777  *	nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2778  *	probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2779  *	When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2780  *	timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2781  *	the ack TX timestamp.
2782  * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2783  *	nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2784  *	probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2785  *	When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2786  *	timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2787  *	the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2788  * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
2789  *	(re)associations.
2790  *
2791  * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
2792  *	bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
2793  *	indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
2794  *	reserved.
2795  *
2796  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2797  * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2798  * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2799  * @__NL80211_ATTR_MAX_IMPLEMENTED: Internal use only, assign it with new max
2800  *	implemented attribute if NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_* attributes
2801  *	enabled while backporting upstream UAPI changes.
2802  */
2803 enum nl80211_attrs {
2804 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2805 	NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2806 
2807 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2808 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2809 
2810 	NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2811 	NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2812 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2813 
2814 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2815 
2816 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2817 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2818 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2819 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2820 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2821 
2822 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2823 	NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2824 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2825 	NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2826 
2827 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2828 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2829 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2830 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2831 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2832 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2833 
2834 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2835 
2836 	NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2837 
2838 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2839 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2840 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2841 	NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2842 
2843 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2844 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2845 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2846 
2847 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2848 
2849 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2850 
2851 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2852 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2853 
2854 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2855 
2856 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2857 
2858 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2859 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2860 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2861 
2862 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2863 
2864 	NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2865 	NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2866 
2867 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2868 
2869 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2870 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2871 	NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2872 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2873 
2874 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2875 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2876 
2877 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2878 
2879 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2880 	NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2881 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2882 	NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2883 
2884 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2885 
2886 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2887 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2888 
2889 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2890 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2891 
2892 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2893 
2894 
2895 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2896 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2897 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2898 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2899 
2900 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2901 
2902 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2903 
2904 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2905 
2906 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2907 
2908 	NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2909 
2910 	NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2911 
2912 	NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2913 	NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2914 
2915 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2916 	NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2917 	NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2918 	NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2919 
2920 	NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2921 	NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2922 
2923 	NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2924 
2925 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2926 	NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2927 
2928 	NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2929 
2930 	NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2931 
2932 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2933 
2934 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2935 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2936 
2937 	NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2938 
2939 	NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2940 
2941 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2942 
2943 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2944 
2945 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2946 
2947 	NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2948 
2949 	NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2950 
2951 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2952 
2953 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2954 
2955 	NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2956 
2957 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2958 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2959 
2960 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2961 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2962 	NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2963 
2964 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2965 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2966 
2967 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2968 
2969 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2970 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2971 
2972 	NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2973 
2974 	NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2975 
2976 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2977 
2978 	NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2979 
2980 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2981 
2982 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2983 
2984 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2985 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2986 
2987 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2988 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2989 
2990 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2991 	NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2992 
2993 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2994 
2995 	NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2996 	NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2997 
2998 	NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2999 
3000 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
3001 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
3002 
3003 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
3004 
3005 	NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
3006 
3007 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
3008 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
3009 
3010 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
3011 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
3012 
3013 	NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
3014 
3015 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
3016 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
3017 
3018 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
3019 
3020 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
3021 
3022 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
3023 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
3024 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
3025 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
3026 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
3027 
3028 	NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
3029 
3030 	NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
3031 
3032 	NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
3033 
3034 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
3035 
3036 	NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
3037 
3038 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
3039 
3040 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
3041 	NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3042 
3043 	NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
3044 
3045 	NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
3046 
3047 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
3048 
3049 	NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
3050 
3051 	NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
3052 
3053 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
3054 
3055 	NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
3056 
3057 	NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
3058 
3059 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
3060 
3061 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
3062 
3063 	NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
3064 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
3065 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
3066 
3067 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
3068 	NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
3069 
3070 	NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
3071 
3072 	NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
3073 
3074 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
3075 
3076 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
3077 
3078 	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
3079 
3080 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
3081 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
3082 
3083 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
3084 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
3085 
3086 	NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
3087 	NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
3088 
3089 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
3090 	NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3091 
3092 	NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
3093 	NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
3094 
3095 	NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
3096 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
3097 
3098 	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
3099 
3100 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3101 
3102 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
3103 	NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
3104 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
3105 	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
3106 	NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
3107 
3108 	NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3109 
3110 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3111 
3112 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3113 
3114 	NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3115 
3116 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3117 	NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3118 
3119 	NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3120 
3121 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3122 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3123 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3124 	NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3125 
3126 	NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3127 
3128 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3129 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3130 
3131 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3132 
3133 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3134 
3135 	NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3136 
3137 	NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3138 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3139 
3140 	NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3141 
3142 	NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3143 
3144 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3145 
3146 	NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
3147 	NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3148 	NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3149 
3150 	NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3151 
3152 	NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3153 
3154 	NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3155 
3156 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3157 
3158 	NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3159 
3160 	NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3161 
3162 	NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3163 
3164 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3165 
3166 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3167 
3168 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3169 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3170 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3171 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3172 
3173 	NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3174 
3175 	NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3176 
3177 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3178 
3179 	NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3180 
3181 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3182 
3183 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3184 	NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3185 
3186 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3187 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3188 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3189 	NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3190 
3191 	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3192 
3193 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3194 	NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3195 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3196 	NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3197 
3198 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3199 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3200 
3201 	NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3202 
3203 	NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3204 
3205 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3206 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3207 
3208 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3209 
3210 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3211 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3212 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3213 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3214 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3215 
3216 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3217 
3218 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3219 	NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3220 
3221 	NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3222 	NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3223 	NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3224 
3225 	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3226 	NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3227 
3228 	NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3229 	NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3230 
3231 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3232 
3233 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3234 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3235 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3236 	NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3237 
3238 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3239 
3240 	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3241 
3242 	NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3243 
3244 	NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3245 
3246 	NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3247 
3248 	NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3249 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3250 	NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3251 
3252 	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3253 
3254 	NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3255 
3256 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3257 
3258 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3259 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3260 
3261 	NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3262 
3263 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3264 
3265 	NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3266 
3267 	NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3268 
3269 	NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3270 
3271 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3272 	NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3273 
3274 	NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3275 	NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3276 	NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3277 	NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3278 
3279 	NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3280 
3281 	NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3282 
3283 	NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3284 
3285 	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3286 	NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3287 
3288 	NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3289 
3290 	NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3291 
3292 	NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3293 
3294 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3295 
3296 	NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3297 
3298 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3299 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3300 	NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3301 
3302 	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3303 	NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3304 
3305 	NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3306 
3307 	NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3308 
3309 	NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3310 
3311 	NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3312 
3313 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3314 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3315 	NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
3316 
3317 	NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
3318 
3319 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
3320 
3321 	NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
3322 	NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3323 
3324 	NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3325 	NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3326 	NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP,
3327 
3328 	NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,
3329 
3330 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
3331 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
3332 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
3333 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
3334 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
3335 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_6,
3336 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_7,
3337 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_8,
3338 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_9,
3339 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_10,
3340 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_11,
3341 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_12,
3342 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_13,
3343 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_14,
3344 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_15,
3345 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_16,
3346 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_17,
3347 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_18,
3348 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_19,
3349 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_20,
3350 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_21,
3351 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_22,
3352 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_23,
3353 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_24,
3354 	NL80211_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_25,
3355 
3356 	/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3357 
3358 	__NL80211_ATTR_MAX_IMPLEMENTED = NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,
3359 	__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3360 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3361 	NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3362 };
3363 
3364 /* source-level API compatibility */
3365 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3366 #define	NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3367 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3368 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3369 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3370 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3371 
3372 /*
3373  * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3374  * here
3375  */
3376 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3377 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3378 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3379 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3380 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3381 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3382 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3383 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3384 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3385 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3386 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3387 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3388 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3389 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3390 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3391 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3392 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3393 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3394 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3395 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3396 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3397 
3398 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN		64
3399 
3400 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES			32
3401 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES		77
3402 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES		128
3403 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY	0
3404 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY	16
3405 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY	24
3406 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN		26
3407 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN		12
3408 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
3409 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
3410 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES		5
3411 
3412 /*
3413  * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3414  * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3415  */
3416 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES		2
3417 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN          13
3418 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN          51
3419 
3420 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME	10
3421 
3422 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3423 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF		-300
3424 
3425 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL		1800
3426 
3427 /**
3428  * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3429  *
3430  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3431  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3432  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3433  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3434  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3435  *	are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3436  *	AP type interface.
3437  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3438  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3439  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3440  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3441  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3442  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3443  *	and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3444  *	%NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3445  *	commands to create and destroy one
3446  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3447  *	This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3448  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3449  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3450  * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3451  *
3452  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3453  * to set the type of an interface.
3454  *
3455  */
3456 enum nl80211_iftype {
3457 	NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3458 	NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3459 	NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3460 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3461 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3462 	NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3463 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3464 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3465 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3466 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3467 	NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3468 	NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3469 	NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3470 
3471 	/* keep last */
3472 	NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3473 	NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3474 };
3475 
3476 /**
3477  * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3478  *
3479  * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3480  * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3481  *
3482  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3483  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3484  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3485  *	with short barker preamble
3486  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3487  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3488  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3489  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3490  *	only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3491  *	flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3492  *	attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3493  *	as errors.)
3494  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3495  *	that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3496  *	previously added station into associated state
3497  * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3498  * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3499  */
3500 enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3501 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3502 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3503 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3504 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3505 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3506 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3507 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3508 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3509 
3510 	/* keep last */
3511 	__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3512 	NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3513 };
3514 
3515 /**
3516  * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3517  *
3518  * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3519  * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3520  * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3521  */
3522 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3523 	NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3524 	NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3525 
3526 	NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3527 };
3528 
3529 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API	NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3530 
3531 /**
3532  * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3533  * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3534  * @set: which values to set them to
3535  *
3536  * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3537  */
3538 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3539 	__u32 mask;
3540 	__u32 set;
3541 } __attribute__((packed));
3542 
3543 /**
3544  * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3545  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3546  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3547  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3548  */
3549 enum nl80211_he_gi {
3550 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3551 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3552 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3553 };
3554 
3555 /**
3556  * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3557  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3558  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3559  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3560  */
3561 enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3562 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3563 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3564 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3565 };
3566 
3567 /**
3568  * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3569  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3570  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3571  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3572  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3573  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3574  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3575  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3576  */
3577 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3578 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3579 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3580 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3581 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3582 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3583 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3584 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3585 };
3586 
3587 /**
3588  * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3589  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3590  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3591  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3592  */
3593 enum nl80211_eht_gi {
3594 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
3595 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
3596 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
3597 };
3598 
3599 /**
3600  * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3601  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3602  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3603  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3604  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3605  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3606  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3607  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3608  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3609  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3610  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3611  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3612  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3613  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3614  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3615  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3616  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3617  */
3618 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
3619 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
3620 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
3621 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
3622 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
3623 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
3624 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
3625 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
3626 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
3627 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
3628 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
3629 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
3630 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3631 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
3632 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
3633 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
3634 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
3635 };
3636 
3637 /**
3638  * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3639  *
3640  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3641  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3642  * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3643  * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3644  * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3645  * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3646  * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3647  * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3648  * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3649  *
3650  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3651  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3652  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3653  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3654  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3655  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3656  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3657  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3658  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3659  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3660  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3661  *	same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3662  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3663  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3664  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3665  *	half the base (20 MHz) rate
3666  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3667  *	a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3668  *	a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3669  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3670  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3671  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3672  *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3673  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3674  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3675  *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3676  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3677  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3678  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3679  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3680  *	(u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3681  * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3682  *	non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3683  * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3684  */
3685 enum nl80211_rate_info {
3686 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3687 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3688 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3689 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3690 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3691 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3692 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3693 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3694 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3695 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3696 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3697 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3698 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3699 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3700 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3701 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3702 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3703 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3704 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
3705 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
3706 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
3707 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
3708 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
3709 
3710 	/* keep last */
3711 	__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3712 	NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3713 };
3714 
3715 /**
3716  * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3717  *
3718  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3719  * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3720  *
3721  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3722  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3723  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
3724  *	(flag)
3725  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
3726  *	(flag)
3727  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3728  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3729  * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3730  * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3731  */
3732 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3733 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3734 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3735 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3736 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3737 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3738 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3739 
3740 	/* keep last */
3741 	__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3742 	NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3743 };
3744 
3745 /**
3746  * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3747  *
3748  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3749  * when getting information about a station.
3750  *
3751  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3752  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3753  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3754  *	(u32, from this station)
3755  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3756  *	(u32, to this station)
3757  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3758  *	(u64, from this station)
3759  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3760  *	(u64, to this station)
3761  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3762  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3763  * 	containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3764  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3765  *	(u32, from this station)
3766  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3767  *	(u32, to this station)
3768  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3769  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3770  *	(u32, to this station)
3771  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3772  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3773  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3774  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3775  *	(see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3776  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3777  *	attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3778  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3779  *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3780  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3781  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3782  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3783  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3784  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3785  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3786  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3787  *	non-peer STA
3788  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3789  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3790  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3791  *	Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3792  * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3793  *	802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3794  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3795  *	(u64)
3796  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3797  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3798  *	for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3799  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3800  *	This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3801  *	TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3802  *	each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3803  *	attributes carrying the actual values.
3804  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3805  *	received from the station (u64, usec)
3806  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3807  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3808  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3809  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3810  *	(u32, from this station)
3811  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3812  *	with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3813  *	some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3814  *	might not be fully accurate.
3815  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3816  *	mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3817  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3818  *	sent to the station (u64, usec)
3819  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3820  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3821  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3822  *	of STA's association
3823  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3824  *	authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3825  * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3826  * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3827  */
3828 enum nl80211_sta_info {
3829 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3830 	NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3831 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3832 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3833 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3834 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3835 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3836 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3837 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3838 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3839 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3840 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3841 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3842 	NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3843 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3844 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3845 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3846 	NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3847 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3848 	NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3849 	NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3850 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3851 	NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3852 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3853 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3854 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3855 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3856 	NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3857 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3858 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3859 	NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3860 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3861 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3862 	NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3863 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3864 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3865 	NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3866 	NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3867 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3868 	NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3869 	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3870 	NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3871 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3872 	NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3873 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
3874 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
3875 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
3876 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
3877 	NL80211_STA_INFO_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
3878 
3879 	/* keep last */
3880 	__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3881 	NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3882 };
3883 
3884 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3885 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3886 
3887 
3888 /**
3889  * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3890  * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3891  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3892  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3893  *	attempted to transmit; u64)
3894  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3895  *	transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3896  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3897  *	MSDUs (u64)
3898  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3899  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3900  * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3901  * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3902  */
3903 enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3904 	__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3905 	NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3906 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3907 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3908 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3909 	NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3910 	NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3911 
3912 	/* keep last */
3913 	NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3914 	NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3915 };
3916 
3917 /**
3918  * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3919  * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3920  * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3921  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3922  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3923  *      backlogged
3924  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3925  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3926  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3927  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3928  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3929  *      (only for per-phy stats)
3930  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3931  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3932  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3933  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3934  * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3935  */
3936 enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3937 	__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3938 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3939 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3940 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3941 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3942 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3943 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3944 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3945 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3946 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3947 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3948 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3949 
3950 	/* keep last */
3951 	NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3952 	NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3953 };
3954 
3955 /**
3956  * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3957  *
3958  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3959  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3960  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3961  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3962  * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3963  */
3964 enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3965 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =	1<<0,
3966 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =	1<<1,
3967 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =	1<<2,
3968 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =	1<<3,
3969 	NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =	1<<4,
3970 };
3971 
3972 /**
3973  * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3974  *
3975  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3976  * information about a mesh path.
3977  *
3978  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3979  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3980  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3981  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3982  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3983  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3984  * 	&enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3985  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3986  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3987  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3988  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3989  * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3990  *	currently defined
3991  * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3992  */
3993 enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3994 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3995 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3996 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3997 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3998 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3999 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
4000 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4001 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
4002 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
4003 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
4004 
4005 	/* keep last */
4006 	__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4007 	NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4008 };
4009 
4010 /**
4011  * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
4012  *
4013  * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4014  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
4015  *     for each interface type that supports the band data
4016  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
4017  *     capabilities IE
4018  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
4019  *     capabilities IE
4020  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
4021  *     capabilities IE
4022  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
4023  *     defined in HE capabilities IE
4024  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
4025  *	given for all 6 GHz band channels
4026  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
4027  *	advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
4028  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
4029  *	capabilities element
4030  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
4031  *	capabilities element
4032  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
4033  *	capabilities element
4034  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
4035  *	defined in EHT capabilities element
4036  * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4037  * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4038  */
4039 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
4040 	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
4041 
4042 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
4043 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
4044 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
4045 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
4046 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
4047 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
4048 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
4049 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
4050 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
4051 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
4052 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
4053 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
4054 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
4055 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
4056 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
4057 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
4058 
4059 	/* keep last */
4060 	__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4061 	NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4062 };
4063 
4064 /**
4065  * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
4066  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4067  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
4068  *	an array of nested frequency attributes
4069  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
4070  *	an array of nested bitrate attributes
4071  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4072  *	defined in 802.11n
4073  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4074  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
4075  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
4076  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4077  *	defined in 802.11ac
4078  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4079  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
4080  *	attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
4081  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
4082  *	channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
4083  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
4084  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
4085  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
4086  *	Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4087  * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4088  * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4089  */
4090 enum nl80211_band_attr {
4091 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
4092 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
4093 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
4094 
4095 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4096 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4097 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4098 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4099 
4100 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4101 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4102 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
4103 
4104 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
4105 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
4106 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
4107 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
4108 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
4109 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
4110 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
4111 
4112 	/* keep last */
4113 	__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4114 	NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4115 };
4116 
4117 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4118 
4119 /**
4120  * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4121  *
4122  * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4123  * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4124  * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4125  * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4126  * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4127  * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4128  * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4129  */
4130 enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
4131 	__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
4132 	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
4133 	NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
4134 	NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
4135 	NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
4136 
4137 	/* keep last */
4138 	__NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
4139 	NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
4140 };
4141 
4142 /**
4143  * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4144  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4145  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4146  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4147  *	regulatory domain.
4148  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4149  * 	are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4150  * 	requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4151  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4152  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4153  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4154  *	(100 * dBm).
4155  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4156  *	(enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4157  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
4158  *	this channel is in this DFS state.
4159  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4160  *	channel as the control channel
4161  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4162  *	channel as the control channel
4163  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4164  *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4165  *	this includes 80+80 channels
4166  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4167  *	using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4168  *	isn't possible
4169  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4170  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4171  *	channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4172  *	used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4173  *	an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4174  *	through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4175  *	that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4176  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4177  *	channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4178  *	the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4179  *	band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4180  *	off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4181  *	done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4182  *	the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4183  *	off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4184  *	radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4185  *	wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4186  *	attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4187  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4188  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4189  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4190  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4191  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4192  *	This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4193  *	(see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4194  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4195  *	in current regulatory domain.
4196  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4197  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4198  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4199  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4200  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4201  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4202  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4203  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4204  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4205  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4206  *	on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4207  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4208  *	as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4209  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4210  *	in current regulatory domain.
4211  * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4212  *	currently defined
4213  * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4214  *
4215  * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4216  * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4217  * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4218  * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4219  */
4220 enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4221 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4222 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4223 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4224 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4225 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4226 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4227 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4228 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4229 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4230 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4231 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4232 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4233 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4234 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4235 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4236 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4237 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4238 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4239 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4240 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4241 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4242 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4243 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4244 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4245 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4246 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4247 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4248 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4249 
4250 	/* keep last */
4251 	__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4252 	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4253 };
4254 
4255 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4256 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4257 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4258 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR		NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4259 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4260 					NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4261 
4262 /**
4263  * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4264  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4265  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4266  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4267  *	in 2.4 GHz band.
4268  * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4269  *	currently defined
4270  * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4271  */
4272 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4273 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4274 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4275 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4276 
4277 	/* keep last */
4278 	__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4279 	NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4280 };
4281 
4282 /**
4283  * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4284  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4285  * 	regulatory domain.
4286  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4287  * 	regulatory domain.
4288  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4289  * 	wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4290  * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4291  * 	802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4292  * 	thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4293  *	code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4294  *	structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4295  *	If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4296  *	be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4297  */
4298 enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4299 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4300 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4301 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4302 	NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4303 };
4304 
4305 /**
4306  * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4307  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4308  *	to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4309  *	ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4310  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4311  * 	domain.
4312  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4313  * 	driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4314  * 	and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4315  * 	them to be applied.
4316  * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4317  *	of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4318  *	set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4319  *	domain request to be processed.
4320  */
4321 enum nl80211_reg_type {
4322 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4323 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4324 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4325 	NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4326 };
4327 
4328 /**
4329  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4330  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4331  * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4332  * 	considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4333  * 	&enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4334  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4335  * 	rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4336  * 	band edge.
4337  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4338  * 	in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4339  * 	band edge.
4340  * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4341  *	frequency range, in KHz.
4342  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4343  * 	for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4344  * 	If you don't have one then don't send this.
4345  * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4346  * 	a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4347  * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4348  *	If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4349  * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4350  *	currently defined
4351  * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4352  */
4353 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4354 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4355 	NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4356 
4357 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4358 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4359 	NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4360 
4361 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4362 	NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4363 
4364 	NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4365 
4366 	/* keep last */
4367 	__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4368 	NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4369 };
4370 
4371 /**
4372  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4373  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4374  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4375  *	only report BSS with matching SSID.
4376  *	(This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4377  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4378  *	BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4379  *	if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4380  *	the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4381  *	matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4382  *	how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4383  *	the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4384  *	attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4385  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4386  *	%NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4387  *	relative to current bss's RSSI.
4388  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4389  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4390  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4391  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4392  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4393  *	(this cannot be used together with SSID).
4394  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
4395  *	band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
4396  *	enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
4397  *	band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4398  *	of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4399  *	minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4400  *	within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4401  *	attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4402  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4403  *	attribute number currently defined
4404  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4405  */
4406 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4407 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4408 
4409 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4410 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4411 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4412 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4413 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4414 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
4415 
4416 	/* keep last */
4417 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4418 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4419 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4420 };
4421 
4422 /* only for backward compatibility */
4423 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4424 
4425 /**
4426  * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4427  *
4428  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4429  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4430  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4431  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4432  * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4433  * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4434  * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4435  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4436  * 	this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4437  * 	beaconing.
4438  * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4439  *	base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4440  *	multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4441  * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4442  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4443  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4444  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4445  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4446  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4447  * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4448  */
4449 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4450 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM		= 1<<0,
4451 	NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK		= 1<<1,
4452 	NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR		= 1<<2,
4453 	NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR		= 1<<3,
4454 	NL80211_RRF_DFS			= 1<<4,
4455 	NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY		= 1<<5,
4456 	NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY		= 1<<6,
4457 	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		= 1<<7,
4458 	__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		= 1<<8,
4459 	NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW		= 1<<11,
4460 	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<12,
4461 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<13,
4462 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS		= 1<<14,
4463 	NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<15,
4464 	NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ		= 1<<16,
4465 	NL80211_RRF_NO_HE		= 1<<17,
4466 	NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ		= 1<<18,
4467 };
4468 
4469 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN	NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4470 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4471 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR		NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4472 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40		(NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4473 					 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4474 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT	NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4475 
4476 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4477 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL		(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4478 
4479 /**
4480  * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4481  *
4482  * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4483  * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4484  * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4485  * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4486  */
4487 enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4488 	NL80211_DFS_UNSET	= 0,
4489 	NL80211_DFS_FCC		= 1,
4490 	NL80211_DFS_ETSI	= 2,
4491 	NL80211_DFS_JP		= 3,
4492 };
4493 
4494 /**
4495  * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4496  *
4497  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4498  *	assumed if the attribute is not set.
4499  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4500  *	base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4501  *	properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4502  *	by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4503  *	capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4504  *	ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4505  *	present has been registered with the wireless core that
4506  *	has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4507  *	supported feature.
4508  * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4509  *	platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4510  */
4511 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4512 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER	= 0,
4513 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4514 	NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
4515 };
4516 
4517 /**
4518  * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4519  *
4520  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4521  * when getting information about a survey.
4522  *
4523  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4524  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4525  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4526  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4527  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4528  *	was turned on (on channel or globally)
4529  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4530  *	channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4531  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4532  *	channel was sensed busy
4533  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4534  *	receiving data (on channel or globally)
4535  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4536  *	transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4537  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4538  *	(on this channel or globally)
4539  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4540  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4541  *	receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4542  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4543  *	currently defined
4544  * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4545  * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4546  */
4547 enum nl80211_survey_info {
4548 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4549 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4550 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4551 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4552 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4553 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4554 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4555 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4556 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4557 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4558 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4559 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4560 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4561 
4562 	/* keep last */
4563 	__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4564 	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4565 };
4566 
4567 /* keep old names for compatibility */
4568 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4569 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4570 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY	NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4571 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4572 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX		NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4573 
4574 /**
4575  * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4576  *
4577  * Monitor configuration flags.
4578  *
4579  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4580  *
4581  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4582  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4583  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4584  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4585  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4586  *	overrides all other flags.
4587  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4588  *	and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4589  *
4590  * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4591  * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4592  */
4593 enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4594 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4595 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4596 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4597 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4598 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4599 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4600 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4601 
4602 	/* keep last */
4603 	__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4604 	NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4605 };
4606 
4607 /**
4608  * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4609  *
4610  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4611  *	not known or has not been set yet.
4612  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4613  *	in Awake state all the time.
4614  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4615  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4616  *	neighbor's beacons.
4617  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4618  *	alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4619  *	for neighbor's beacons.
4620  *
4621  * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4622  * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4623  */
4624 
4625 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4626 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4627 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4628 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4629 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4630 
4631 	__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4632 	NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4633 };
4634 
4635 /**
4636  * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4637  *
4638  * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4639  * active.
4640  *
4641  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4642  *
4643  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4644  *	millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4645  *
4646  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4647  *	millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4648  *
4649  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4650  *	millisecond units
4651  *
4652  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4653  *	on this mesh interface
4654  *
4655  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4656  *	open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4657  *	mesh
4658  *
4659  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4660  *	point.
4661  *
4662  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4663  *	peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4664  *	@NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4665  *	set.
4666  *
4667  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4668  *	containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4669  *	target)
4670  *
4671  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4672  *	(in milliseconds)
4673  *
4674  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4675  *	until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4676  *
4677  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4678  *	points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4679  *	the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4680  *
4681  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4682  *	TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4683  *	reference element
4684  *
4685  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4686  *	that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4687  *	mesh
4688  *
4689  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4690  *
4691  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4692  *	source mesh point for path selection elements.
4693  *
4694  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
4695  *	root announcements are transmitted.
4696  *
4697  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4698  *	access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
4699  *	Announcement frames.
4700  *
4701  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4702  *	TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4703  *	PERR element.
4704  *
4705  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4706  *	or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4707  *
4708  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4709  *	threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4710  *	a peer link.
4711  *
4712  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4713  *	to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4714  *	(see 11C.12.2.2)
4715  *
4716  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4717  *
4718  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4719  *
4720  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4721  *	which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4722  *	information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4723  *
4724  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4725  *	proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4726  *
4727  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4728  *	(in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4729  *	containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4730  *
4731  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4732  *	type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4733  *
4734  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4735  *
4736  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4737  *	established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4738  *	remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4739  *	the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4740  *
4741  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4742  *	will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4743  *	field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4744  *	advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4745  *
4746  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4747  *      PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4748  *      this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4749  *      better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4750  *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4751  *
4752  * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4753  *	will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4754  *	in the mesh formation field.
4755  *
4756  * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4757  */
4758 enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4759 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4760 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4761 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4762 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4763 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4764 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4765 	NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4766 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4767 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4768 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4769 	NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4770 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4771 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4772 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4773 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4774 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4775 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4776 	NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4777 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4778 	NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4779 	NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4780 	NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4781 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4782 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4783 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4784 	NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4785 	NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4786 	NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4787 	NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4788 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4789 	NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4790 	NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4791 
4792 	/* keep last */
4793 	__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4794 	NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4795 };
4796 
4797 /**
4798  * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4799  *
4800  * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4801  * changed while the mesh is active.
4802  *
4803  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4804  *
4805  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4806  *	vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4807  *	default HWMP.
4808  *
4809  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4810  *	vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4811  *	metric.
4812  *
4813  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4814  *	robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4815  *	that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4816  *	metrics in use.
4817  *
4818  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4819  *	daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4820  *
4821  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4822  *	daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
4823  *	Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4824  *	a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4825  *	management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4826  *	functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4827  *	key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4828  *	autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4829  *	userspace daemon.
4830  *
4831  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4832  *	vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4833  *	neighbor offset synchronization
4834  *
4835  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4836  *	implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4837  *
4838  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4839  *	method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4840  *	Default is no authentication method required.
4841  *
4842  * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4843  *
4844  * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4845  */
4846 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4847 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4848 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4849 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4850 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4851 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4852 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4853 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4854 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4855 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4856 
4857 	/* keep last */
4858 	__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4859 	NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4860 };
4861 
4862 /**
4863  * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4864  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4865  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4866  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4867  *	disabled
4868  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4869  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4870  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4871  *	2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4872  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4873  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4874  * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4875  */
4876 enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4877 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4878 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4879 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4880 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4881 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4882 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4883 
4884 	/* keep last */
4885 	__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4886 	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4887 };
4888 
4889 enum nl80211_ac {
4890 	NL80211_AC_VO,
4891 	NL80211_AC_VI,
4892 	NL80211_AC_BE,
4893 	NL80211_AC_BK,
4894 	NL80211_NUM_ACS
4895 };
4896 
4897 /* backward compat */
4898 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE	NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4899 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO	NL80211_AC_VO
4900 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI	NL80211_AC_VI
4901 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE	NL80211_AC_BE
4902 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK	NL80211_AC_BK
4903 
4904 /**
4905  * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4906  * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4907  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4908  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4909  *	below the control channel
4910  * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4911  *	above the control channel
4912  */
4913 enum nl80211_channel_type {
4914 	NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4915 	NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4916 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4917 	NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4918 };
4919 
4920 /**
4921  * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4922  *
4923  * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4924  *	Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4925  *
4926  * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4927  * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4928  *
4929  * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4930  *	Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4931  * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4932  *	The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4933  *	the preferred Tx key for the station.
4934  */
4935 enum nl80211_key_mode {
4936 	NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4937 	NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4938 	NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4939 };
4940 
4941 /**
4942  * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4943  *
4944  * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4945  * attribute.
4946  *
4947  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4948  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4949  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4950  *	attribute must be provided as well
4951  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4952  *	attribute must be provided as well
4953  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4954  *	and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4955  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4956  *	attribute must be provided as well
4957  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4958  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4959  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4960  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4961  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4962  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4963  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4964  * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4965  *	attribute must be provided as well
4966  */
4967 enum nl80211_chan_width {
4968 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4969 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4970 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4971 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4972 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4973 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4974 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4975 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4976 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4977 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4978 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4979 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4980 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4981 	NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
4982 };
4983 
4984 /**
4985  * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4986  *
4987  * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4988  *
4989  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4990  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4991  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4992  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4993  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4994  */
4995 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4996 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4997 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4998 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4999 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5000 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5001 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
5002 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
5003 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
5004 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
5005 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
5006 };
5007 
5008 /**
5009  * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
5010  *
5011  * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
5012  * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
5013  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
5014  * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
5015  *	(if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
5016  *	from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
5017  *	that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
5018  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
5019  * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
5020  * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
5021  *	raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
5022  *	if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
5023  *	different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
5024  *	they are from a Beacon frame.
5025  *	However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
5026  *	IEs may be from either frame subtype.
5027  *	If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
5028  *	data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
5029  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
5030  *	in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
5031  * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
5032  *	in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
5033  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
5034  * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
5035  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
5036  *	elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
5037  *	yet been received
5038  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
5039  *	(u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
5040  * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
5041  *	(not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
5042  * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
5043  *	@NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
5044  * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
5045  *	was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
5046  *	accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
5047  * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
5048  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
5049  *	octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
5050  *	this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
5051  *	@NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
5052  * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
5053  *	is set.
5054  * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
5055  *	Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
5056  *	using the nesting index as the antenna number.
5057  * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
5058  * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
5059  * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
5060  * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
5061  * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
5062  */
5063 enum nl80211_bss {
5064 	__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
5065 	NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
5066 	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
5067 	NL80211_BSS_TSF,
5068 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
5069 	NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
5070 	NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
5071 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
5072 	NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
5073 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
5074 	NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
5075 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
5076 	NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
5077 	NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
5078 	NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
5079 	NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
5080 	NL80211_BSS_PAD,
5081 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5082 	NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
5083 	NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
5084 	NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
5085 	NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
5086 	NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
5087 	NL80211_BSS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
5088 	NL80211_BSS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
5089 	NL80211_BSS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
5090 
5091 	/* keep last */
5092 	__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
5093 	NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5094 };
5095 
5096 /**
5097  * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
5098  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
5099  *	Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5100  *	keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5101  *	a given BSS.
5102  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5103  * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5104  *
5105  * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5106  * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5107  */
5108 enum nl80211_bss_status {
5109 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
5110 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
5111 	NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
5112 };
5113 
5114 /**
5115  * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5116  *
5117  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5118  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5119  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5120  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5121  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5122  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5123  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5124  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5125  * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5126  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5127  * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5128  *	trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5129  *	the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5130  */
5131 enum nl80211_auth_type {
5132 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
5133 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
5134 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
5135 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
5136 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
5137 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
5138 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
5139 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
5140 
5141 	/* keep last */
5142 	__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
5143 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
5144 	NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5145 };
5146 
5147 /**
5148  * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5149  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5150  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5151  * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5152  * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5153  */
5154 enum nl80211_key_type {
5155 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
5156 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
5157 	NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
5158 
5159 	NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5160 };
5161 
5162 /**
5163  * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5164  * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5165  * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5166  * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5167  */
5168 enum nl80211_mfp {
5169 	NL80211_MFP_NO,
5170 	NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
5171 	NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5172 };
5173 
5174 enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
5175 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
5176 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
5177 	NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
5178 };
5179 
5180 /**
5181  * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5182  * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5183  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5184  *	unicast key
5185  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5186  *	multicast key
5187  * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5188  */
5189 enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5190 	__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5191 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5192 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5193 
5194 	NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5195 };
5196 
5197 /**
5198  * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5199  * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5200  * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5201  *	16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5202  *	keys
5203  * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5204  * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5205  *	section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5206  * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5207  *	CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5208  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5209  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5210  * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5211  *	specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5212  *	given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5213  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5214  *	attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5215  *	See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5216  * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5217  *	Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5218  * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5219  *
5220  * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5221  * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5222  */
5223 enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5224 	__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5225 	NL80211_KEY_DATA,
5226 	NL80211_KEY_IDX,
5227 	NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
5228 	NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
5229 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5230 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5231 	NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
5232 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5233 	NL80211_KEY_MODE,
5234 	NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5235 
5236 	/* keep last */
5237 	__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5238 	NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5239 };
5240 
5241 /**
5242  * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5243  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5244  * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5245  *	in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5246  *	1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5247  *	%NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5248  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5249  *	in an array of MCS numbers.
5250  * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5251  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5252  * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5253  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5254  *	see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5255  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5256  * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5257  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5258  * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5259  * @__NL80211_TXRATE_MAX_IMPLEMENTED: Internal use only, assign it with new max
5260  *	implemented attribute if NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_*
5261  *	attributes enabled while backporting upstream UAPI changes.
5262  */
5263 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5264 	__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5265 	NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5266 	NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
5267 	NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
5268 	NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
5269 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
5270 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5271 	NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5272 	NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
5273 	NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
5274 	NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
5275 	NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
5276 	NL80211_TXRATE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
5277 
5278 	/* keep last */
5279 	__NL80211_TXRATE_MAX_IMPLEMENTED = NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5280 	__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5281 	NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5282 };
5283 
5284 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5285 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX		8
5286 
5287 /**
5288  * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5289  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5290  */
5291 struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5292 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5293 };
5294 
5295 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX		8
5296 /**
5297  * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5298  * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5299  */
5300 struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5301 	__u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5302 };
5303 
5304 enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5305 	NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5306 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5307 	NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5308 };
5309 
5310 /**
5311  * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5312  * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5313  * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5314  * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5315  * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5316  * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5317  * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5318  * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5319  *	since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5320  */
5321 enum nl80211_band {
5322 	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
5323 	NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
5324 	NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
5325 	NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
5326 	NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
5327 	NL80211_BAND_LC,
5328 
5329 	NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
5330 };
5331 
5332 /**
5333  * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5334  * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5335  * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5336  */
5337 enum nl80211_ps_state {
5338 	NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5339 	NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5340 };
5341 
5342 /**
5343  * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5344  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5345  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5346  *	the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5347  *	to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5348  *	set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5349  *	threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5350  *	crosses any of the thresholds.
5351  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5352  *	the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5353  *	new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5354  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5355  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5356  *	consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5357  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5358  *	during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5359  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5360  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5361  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5362  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5363  *	checked.
5364  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5365  *	interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5366  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5367  *	%NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5368  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5369  *	loss event
5370  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5371  *	RSSI threshold event.
5372  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5373  * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5374  * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX_IMPLEMENTED: Internal use only, assign it with new
5375  *	max implemented attribute if NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_*
5376  *	attributes enabled while backporting upstream UAPI changes.
5377  */
5378 enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5379 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5380 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5381 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5382 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5383 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5384 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5385 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5386 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5387 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5388 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5389 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
5390 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
5391 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
5392 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
5393 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
5394 
5395 	/* keep last */
5396 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX_IMPLEMENTED = NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5397 	__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5398 	NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5399 };
5400 
5401 /**
5402  * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5403  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5404  *      configured threshold
5405  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5406  *      configured threshold
5407  * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5408  */
5409 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5410 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5411 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5412 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5413 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
5414 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
5415 	NL80211_CQM_RSSI_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
5416 };
5417 
5418 
5419 /**
5420  * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5421  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5422  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5423  * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5424  */
5425 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5426 	NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5427 	NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5428 	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5429 };
5430 
5431 /**
5432  * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5433  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5434  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5435  */
5436 enum nl80211_tid_config {
5437 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5438 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5439 };
5440 
5441 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5442  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5443  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5444  * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5445  */
5446 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5447 	NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5448 	NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5449 	NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5450 };
5451 
5452 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5453  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5454  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5455  *	for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5456  *	(%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5457  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5458  *	per peer instead.
5459  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5460  *	that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5461  *	configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5462  *	should be left untouched.
5463  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5464  *	Its type is u16.
5465  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5466  *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5467  *	Its type is u8.
5468  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5469  *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5470  *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5471  *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5472  *	output in wiphy capabilities.
5473  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5474  *	transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5475  *	&NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5476  *	the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5477  *	output in wiphy capabilities.
5478  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5479  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5480  *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5481  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5482  *	specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5483  *	the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5484  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5485  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5486  *	Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5487  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5488  *	to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5489  *	for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5490  *	the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5491  * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5492  *	with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5493  *	configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5494  *	station.
5495  * @__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_IMPLEMENTED: Internal use only, assign it with
5496  *	new max implemented attribute if
5497  *	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_* attributes enabled while
5498  *	backporting upstream UAPI changes.
5499  */
5500 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5501 	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5502 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5503 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5504 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5505 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5506 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5507 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5508 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5509 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5510 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5511 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5512 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5513 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5514 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5515 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
5516 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
5517 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
5518 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
5519 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
5520 
5521 	/* keep last */
5522 	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_IMPLEMENTED = NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5523 	__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5524 	NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5525 };
5526 
5527 /**
5528  * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5529  * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5530  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5531  *	a zero bit are ignored
5532  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5533  *	a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5534  *	to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5535  *	in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5536  *	corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5537  *	For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5538  *	xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5539  *	twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5540  *	Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5541  *	802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5542  *	first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5543  * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5544  *	these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5545  * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5546  * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5547  */
5548 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5549 	__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5550 	NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5551 	NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5552 	NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5553 
5554 	NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5555 	MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5556 };
5557 
5558 /**
5559  * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5560  * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5561  * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5562  * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5563  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5564  *
5565  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5566  * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5567  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5568  * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5569  * by the kernel to userspace.
5570  */
5571 struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5572 	__u32 max_patterns;
5573 	__u32 min_pattern_len;
5574 	__u32 max_pattern_len;
5575 	__u32 max_pkt_offset;
5576 } __attribute__((packed));
5577 
5578 /* only for backward compatibility */
5579 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5580 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5581 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5582 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5583 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5584 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5585 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5586 
5587 /**
5588  * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5589  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5590  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5591  *	the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5592  *	support for low-power operation already (flag)
5593  *	Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5594  *	any others are even supported by the device.
5595  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5596  *	is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5597  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5598  *	by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5599  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5600  *	which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5601  *	defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5602  *	Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5603  *	each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5604  *	done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5605  *	pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5606  *
5607  *	In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5608  *	carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5609  *
5610  *	When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5611  *	index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5612  *	to the kernel when configuring.
5613  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5614  *	used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5615  *	by the device (flag)
5616  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5617  *	done by the device) (flag)
5618  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5619  *	packet (flag)
5620  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5621  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5622  *	(on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5623  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5624  *	the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5625  *	may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5626  *	attribute contains the original length.
5627  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5628  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5629  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5630  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5631  *	802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5632  *	be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5633  *	contains the original length.
5634  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5635  *	packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5636  *	attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5637  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5638  *	"TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5639  *	containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5640  *	the TCP connection.
5641  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5642  *	wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5643  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5644  *	TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5645  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5646  *	the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5647  *	service
5648  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5649  *	is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
5650  *	same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
5651  *	specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5652  *	channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5653  *	results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
5654  *	attribute is also sent in a response to
5655  *	@NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5656  *	supported by the driver (u32).
5657  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5658  *	containing an array with information about what triggered the
5659  *	wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
5660  *	that the information is not available.  If more than one
5661  *	element is present, it means that more than one match
5662  *	occurred.
5663  *	Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5664  *	one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5665  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
5666  *	these attributes must be present.  If
5667  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5668  *	frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5669  *	channel.
5670  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5671  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5672  *
5673  * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5674  * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5675  */
5676 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5677 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5678 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5679 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5680 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5681 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5682 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5683 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5684 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5685 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5686 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5687 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5688 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5689 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5690 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5691 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5692 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5693 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5694 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5695 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5696 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5697 
5698 	/* keep last */
5699 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5700 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5701 };
5702 
5703 /**
5704  * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5705  *
5706  * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5707  * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5708  * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5709  * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5710  * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5711  * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5712  * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5713  * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5714  * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5715  *
5716  * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5717  * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5718  * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5719  * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5720  * also woken up.
5721  *
5722  * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5723  * response packets might not go through correctly.
5724  */
5725 
5726 /**
5727  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5728  * @start: starting value
5729  * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5730  * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5731  *
5732  * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5733  * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5734  * in little endian.
5735  */
5736 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5737 	__u32 start, offset, len;
5738 };
5739 
5740 /**
5741  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5742  * @offset: offset of token in packet
5743  * @len: length of each token
5744  * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5745  *	be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5746  */
5747 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5748 	__u32 offset, len;
5749 	__u8 token_stream[];
5750 };
5751 
5752 /**
5753  * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5754  * @min_len: minimum token length
5755  * @max_len: maximum token length
5756  * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5757  */
5758 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5759 	__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5760 };
5761 
5762 /**
5763  * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5764  * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5765  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5766  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5767  *	(in network byte order)
5768  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5769  *	route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5770  *	and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5771  *	might require ARP querying.
5772  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5773  *	socket and port will be allocated
5774  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5775  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5776  *	For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5777  *	of the data payload.
5778  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5779  *	(if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5780  *	advertising it is just a flag
5781  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5782  *	see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5783  *	&struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5784  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5785  *	interval in feature advertising (u32)
5786  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5787  *	u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5788  * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5789  *	feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5790  *	but on the TCP payload only.
5791  * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5792  * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5793  */
5794 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5795 	__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5796 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5797 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5798 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5799 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5800 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5801 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5802 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5803 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5804 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5805 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5806 	NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5807 
5808 	/* keep last */
5809 	NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5810 	MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5811 };
5812 
5813 /**
5814  * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5815  * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5816  * @pat: packet pattern support information
5817  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5818  *
5819  * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5820  * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5821  */
5822 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5823 	__u32 max_rules;
5824 	struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5825 	__u32 max_delay;
5826 } __attribute__((packed));
5827 
5828 /**
5829  * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5830  * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5831  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5832  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5833  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5834  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5835  *	after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5836  * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5837  * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5838  */
5839 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5840 	__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5841 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5842 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5843 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5844 
5845 	/* keep last */
5846 	NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5847 	NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5848 };
5849 
5850 /**
5851  * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5852  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5853  *	in a rule are matched.
5854  * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5855  *	in a rule are not matched.
5856  */
5857 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5858 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5859 	NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5860 };
5861 
5862 /**
5863  * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5864  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5865  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5866  *	can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5867  * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5868  *	flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5869  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5870  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5871  */
5872 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5873 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5874 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5875 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5876 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
5877 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
5878 	NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
5879 
5880 	/* keep last */
5881 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5882 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5883 };
5884 
5885 /**
5886  * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5887  *
5888  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5889  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5890  *	for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5891  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5892  *	interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5893  *	apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5894  *	in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5895  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5896  *	beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5897  *	infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5898  *	the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5899  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5900  *	different channels may be used within this group.
5901  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5902  *	of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5903  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5904  *	of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5905  * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5906  *	different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5907  *	in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5908  * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5909  * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5910  *
5911  * Examples:
5912  *	limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5913  *	=> allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5914  *
5915  *	numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5916  *	=> allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5917  *
5918  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5919  *	=> allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
5920  *
5921  *	numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5922  *	=> allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5923  *
5924  * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5925  * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5926  * that any of these groups must match.
5927  *
5928  * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5929  * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5930  * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5931  * interface type, the following group always exists:
5932  *	numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5933  */
5934 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5935 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5936 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5937 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5938 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5939 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5940 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5941 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5942 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5943 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1,
5944 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2,
5945 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
5946 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
5947 	NL80211_IFACE_COMB_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
5948 
5949 	/* keep last */
5950 	NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5951 	MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5952 };
5953 
5954 
5955 /**
5956  * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5957  *
5958  * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5959  *	state of non existent mesh peer links
5960  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5961  *	this mesh peer
5962  * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5963  *	from this mesh peer
5964  * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5965  *	received from this mesh peer
5966  * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5967  * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5968  * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5969  *	plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
5970  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5971  * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5972  */
5973 enum nl80211_plink_state {
5974 	NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5975 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5976 	NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5977 	NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5978 	NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5979 	NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5980 	NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5981 
5982 	/* keep last */
5983 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5984 	MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5985 };
5986 
5987 /**
5988  * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5989  *
5990  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5991  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5992  * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5993  * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5994  */
5995 enum plink_actions {
5996 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5997 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5998 	NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5999 
6000 	NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
6001 };
6002 
6003 
6004 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN			16
6005 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN			16
6006 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN		24
6007 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN		32
6008 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32		32
6009 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN		8
6010 
6011 /**
6012  * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
6013  * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6014  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
6015  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
6016  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
6017  * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
6018  * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
6019  * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
6020  */
6021 enum nl80211_rekey_data {
6022 	__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
6023 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
6024 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
6025 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
6026 	NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
6027 
6028 	/* keep last */
6029 	NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
6030 	MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
6031 };
6032 
6033 /**
6034  * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
6035  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
6036  *	Beacon frames)
6037  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
6038  *	in Beacon frames
6039  * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
6040  *	element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
6041  */
6042 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
6043 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
6044 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
6045 	NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
6046 };
6047 
6048 /**
6049  * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
6050  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6051  * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
6052  *	is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
6053  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
6054  *	as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
6055  * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
6056  * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
6057  */
6058 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
6059 	__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
6060 	NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
6061 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
6062 
6063 	/* keep last */
6064 	__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
6065 	NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
6066 };
6067 
6068 /**
6069  * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
6070  * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6071  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
6072  *	priority)
6073  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
6074  * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
6075  * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
6076  *	(internal)
6077  * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
6078  *	(internal)
6079  */
6080 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
6081 	__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
6082 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
6083 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
6084 	NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
6085 
6086 	/* keep last */
6087 	NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
6088 	MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
6089 };
6090 
6091 /**
6092  * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
6093  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
6094  * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
6095  * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
6096  * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
6097  * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
6098  */
6099 enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
6100 	NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
6101 	NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
6102 	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
6103 	NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
6104 	NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
6105 };
6106 
6107 /**
6108  * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
6109  * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
6110  *	when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
6111  *	"start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
6112  */
6113 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
6114 	NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD		= 1 << 0,
6115 	NL80211_AP_SME_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1	= 1 << 1,
6116 	NL80211_AP_SME_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2	= 1 << 2,
6117 	NL80211_AP_SME_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3	= 1 << 3,
6118 };
6119 
6120 /**
6121  * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
6122  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
6123  *	TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
6124  *	socket option.
6125  * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
6126  * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
6127  *	the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
6128  * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
6129  *	to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
6130  *	cellular base stations.
6131  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
6132  *	here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
6133  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
6134  *	equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
6135  *	mode
6136  * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
6137  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
6138  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
6139  * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
6140  * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
6141  *	OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
6142  *	for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6143  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6144  *	setting
6145  * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6146  *	powersave
6147  * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6148  *	transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6149  *	doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6150  *	stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6151  *	state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6152  *	they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6153  *	and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6154  *	states using station flags.
6155  *	Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6156  *	stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6157  *	stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6158  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6159  *	(HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6160  * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6161  *	Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6162  *	beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6163  *	still generated by the driver.
6164  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6165  *	interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6166  *	interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6167  *	unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6168  * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6169  *	channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6170  *	lifetime of a BSS.
6171  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6172  *	Set IE to probe requests.
6173  * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6174  *	to probe requests.
6175  * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6176  *	requests sent to it by an AP.
6177  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6178  *	current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6179  *	management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6180  *	Measurement Report action frame.
6181  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6182  *	estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6183  *	to enable dynack.
6184  * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6185  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6186  *	even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6187  * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6188  *	multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6189  *	and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6190  *	rts/cts handshake.
6191  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6192  *	TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6193  *	command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6194  *	needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6195  * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6196  *	the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6197  *	See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6198  * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6199  *	operating as a TDLS peer.
6200  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6201  *	random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6202  *	%NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6203  *	address mask/value will be used.
6204  * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6205  *	using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6206  *	scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6207  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6208  * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6209  *	random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6210  *	scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6211  *	be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6212  */
6213 enum nl80211_feature_flags {
6214 	NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS			= 1 << 0,
6215 	NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS				= 1 << 1,
6216 	NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER		= 1 << 2,
6217 	NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS		= 1 << 3,
6218 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL	= 1 << 4,
6219 	NL80211_FEATURE_SAE				= 1 << 5,
6220 	NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN		= 1 << 6,
6221 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH			= 1 << 7,
6222 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN				= 1 << 8,
6223 	NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER			= 1 << 9,
6224 	NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN			= 1 << 10,
6225 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN			= 1 << 11,
6226 	NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS			= 1 << 12,
6227 	/* bit 13 is reserved */
6228 	NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS		= 1 << 14,
6229 	NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE		= 1 << 15,
6230 	NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM			= 1 << 16,
6231 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR			= 1 << 17,
6232 	NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE	= 1 << 18,
6233 	NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	= 1 << 19,
6234 	NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		= 1 << 20,
6235 	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET				= 1 << 21,
6236 	NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION		= 1 << 22,
6237 	NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION		= 1 << 23,
6238 	NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS			= 1 << 24,
6239 	NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS			= 1 << 25,
6240 	NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION		= 1 << 26,
6241 	NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE			= 1 << 27,
6242 	NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= 1 << 28,
6243 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1 << 29,
6244 	NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR	= 1 << 30,
6245 	NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR		= 1U << 31,
6246 };
6247 
6248 /**
6249  * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6250  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6251  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6252  *	request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6253  *	%NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6254  *	the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6255  *	NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
6256  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6257  *	sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6258  *	certain groups which can be configured by the
6259  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6260  *	or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6261  *	%NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6262  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6263  *	time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6264  *	the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6265  *	(if available).
6266  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6267  *	time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
6268  *	BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6269  *	(if available).
6270  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6271  *	channel dwell time.
6272  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6273  *	configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
6274  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6275  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6276  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6277  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6278  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6279  *	with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6280  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6281  *	in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6282  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6283  *	randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6284  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6285  *	for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6286  *	(%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6287  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6288  *	%NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6289  *	RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6290  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6291  *	authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6292  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6293  *	handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6294  *	and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6295  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6296  *	handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6297  *	and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6298  *	be supported.
6299  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6300  *	the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6301  *	actual dwell time.
6302  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6303  *	response
6304  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6305  *	the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6306  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6307  *	probe request tx deferral and suppression
6308  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6309  *	value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6310  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6311  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6312  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6313  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6314  *	Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6315  *	informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6316  *	channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6317  *	No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6318  *	"radar detected" event.
6319  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6320  *	receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6321  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6322  *	(average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6323  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6324  *      TXQs.
6325  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6326  *	SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6327  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6328  *	except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6329  *	by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6330  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6331  *	timing measurement responder role.
6332  *
6333  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6334  *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6335  *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6336  *      freeze the connection.
6337  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6338  *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6339  *
6340  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6341  *	fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6342  *	scheduling.
6343  *
6344  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6345  *	(set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6346  *
6347  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
6348  *	filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
6349  *
6350  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6351  *	to a station.
6352  *
6353  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6354  *	station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6355  *
6356  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6357  *	with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6358  *	vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6359  *
6360  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6361  *	feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6362  *	time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6363  *
6364  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6365  *	and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6366  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6367  *	protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6368  *
6369  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6370  *	forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6371  *	handled as ordinary data frames.
6372  *
6373  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6374  *
6375  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6376  *      in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6377  *
6378  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6379  *	are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6380  *
6381  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6382  *	reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6383  *	report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6384  *	included in the scan request.
6385  *
6386  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6387  *	can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6388  *
6389  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6390  *	Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6391  *
6392  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6393  *	handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6394  *	command).
6395  *
6396  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6397  *	in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6398  *
6399  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6400  *	frames transmission
6401  *
6402  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6403  *	unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6404  *
6405  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6406  *	configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6407  *
6408  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6409  *      exchange protocol.
6410  *
6411  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6412  *      exchange protocol.
6413  *
6414  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6415  *      frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6416  *      negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6417  *
6418  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6419  *	detection and change announcemnts.
6420  *
6421  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6422  *	FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6423  *	frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6424  *	@NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6425  *
6426  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6427  *	detection.
6428  *
6429  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
6430  *	change without having to bring the underlying network device down
6431  *	first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
6432  *	origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
6433  *	or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
6434  *	might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
6435  *	in progress, and no active connections.
6436  *
6437  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
6438  *
6439  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
6440  *	authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
6441  *
6442  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA
6443  *	in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer
6444  *	using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
6445  *
6446  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6447  *	handling in station mode.
6448  *
6449  * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6450  *	handling in AP mode.
6451  *
6452  * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6453  * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6454  */
6455 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6456 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6457 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6458 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6459 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6460 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6461 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6462 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6463 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6464 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6465 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6466 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6467 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6468 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6469 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6470 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6471 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6472 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6473 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6474 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6475 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6476 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6477 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6478 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6479 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6480 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6481 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6482 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6483 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6484 	/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6485 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6486 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6487 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6488 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6489 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6490 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6491 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6492 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6493 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
6494 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6495 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6496 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6497 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6498 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6499 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6500 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6501 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6502 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6503 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6504 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6505 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6506 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6507 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6508 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6509 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6510 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6511 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6512 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6513 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6514 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6515 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6516 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6517 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6518 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
6519 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
6520 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT,
6521 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN,
6522 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA,
6523 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD,
6524 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6525 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3,
6526 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4,
6527 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5,
6528 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_6,
6529 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_7,
6530 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_8,
6531 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_9,
6532 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_10,
6533 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_11,
6534 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_12,
6535 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_13,
6536 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_14,
6537 	NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_15,
6538 
6539 	/* add new features before the definition below */
6540 	NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6541 	MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6542 };
6543 
6544 /**
6545  * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6546  *	protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6547  *	To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6548  *	Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6549  *	protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6550  *	supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6551  *	to the host.
6552  *
6553  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6554  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6555  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6556  * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6557  */
6558 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6559 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =	1<<0,
6560 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =	1<<1,
6561 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =	1<<2,
6562 	NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =	1<<3,
6563 };
6564 
6565 /**
6566  * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6567  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6568  *	handled by the AP is reached.
6569  * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6570  */
6571 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6572 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6573 	NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6574 };
6575 
6576 /**
6577  * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6578  *
6579  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6580  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6581  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6582  * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6583  */
6584 enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6585 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6586 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6587 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6588 	NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6589 };
6590 
6591 /**
6592  * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
6593  *
6594  * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6595  * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6596  * requests.
6597  *
6598  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6599  * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6600  * one of them can be used in the request.
6601  *
6602  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6603  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6604  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6605  *	as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6606  *	dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6607  *	will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6608  *	when really needed
6609  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6610  *	for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6611  *	flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6612  *	@NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6613  *	the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6614  *	randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6615  *	locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6616  *	This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6617  *	the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6618  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6619  *	request parameters IE in the probe request
6620  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6621  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6622  *	rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6623  *	only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6624  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6625  *	tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6626  *	and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6627  *	Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6628  *	a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6629  *	SSID and/or RSSI.
6630  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6631  *	accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6632  *	scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6633  *	implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6634  *	impacted with this flag.
6635  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6636  *	optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6637  *	optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6638  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6639  *	results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6640  *	possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6641  *	possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6642  *	Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6643  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6644  *	request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6645  *	possible.
6646  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6647  *	only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6648  *	added by userspace explicitly.)
6649  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6650  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6651  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6652  * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
6653  *	2.4/5 GHz APs
6654  */
6655 enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6656 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY				= 1<<0,
6657 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH					= 1<<1,
6658 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP					= 1<<2,
6659 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR				= 1<<3,
6660 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME			= 1<<4,
6661 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP		= 1<<5,
6662 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE		= 1<<6,
6663 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION	= 1<<7,
6664 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN				= 1<<8,
6665 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER				= 1<<9,
6666 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY				= 1<<10,
6667 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN				= 1<<11,
6668 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT			= 1<<12,
6669 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ				= 1<<13,
6670 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ			= 1<<14,
6671 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1		= 1<<15,
6672 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2		= 1<<16,
6673 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3		= 1<<17,
6674 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_4		= 1<<18,
6675 	NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_5		= 1<<19,
6676 };
6677 
6678 /**
6679  * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6680  *
6681  * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6682  * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6683  * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6684  *
6685  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6686  *	listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6687  *	in ACL to authenticate.
6688  * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6689  *	in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6690  */
6691 enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6692 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6693 	NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6694 };
6695 
6696 /**
6697  * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6698  *
6699  * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6700  *
6701  * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6702  * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6703  * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6704  *	turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6705  */
6706 enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6707 	NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6708 	NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6709 	NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6710 
6711 	__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6712 	NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6713 };
6714 
6715 /**
6716  * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6717  *
6718  * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6719  * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6720  *
6721  * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6722  *	now unusable.
6723  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6724  *	the channel is now available.
6725  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6726  *	change to the channel status.
6727  * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6728  *	over, channel becomes usable.
6729  * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6730  *	non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6731  *	be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6732  *	applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6733  * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6734  *	should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6735  */
6736 enum nl80211_radar_event {
6737 	NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6738 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6739 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6740 	NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6741 	NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6742 	NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6743 };
6744 
6745 /**
6746  * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6747  *
6748  * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6749  *
6750  * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6751  *	check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6752  * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6753  *	is therefore marked as not available.
6754  * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6755  */
6756 enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6757 	NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6758 	NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6759 	NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6760 };
6761 
6762 /**
6763  * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6764  * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6765  *	wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6766  *	%NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6767  *	wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6768  *	%NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6769  */
6770 enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6771 	NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =	1 << 0,
6772 };
6773 
6774 /**
6775  * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6776  *
6777  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6778  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6779  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6780  * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6781  * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6782  */
6783 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6784 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6785 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6786 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6787 	NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6788 	/* add other protocols before this one */
6789 	NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6790 };
6791 
6792 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6793 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION		5000 /* msec */
6794 
6795 /**
6796  * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6797  *
6798  * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6799  *
6800  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6801  * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6802  *	the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6803  *	advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6804  *	to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6805  */
6806 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6807 	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6808 	NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6809 };
6810 
6811 /*
6812  * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6813  * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6814  * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6815  */
6816 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX	0x80000000
6817 
6818 /**
6819  * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6820  * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6821  *	value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6822  *	may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6823  *	added to this file when needed.
6824  * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6825  */
6826 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6827 	__u32 vendor_id;
6828 	__u32 subcmd;
6829 };
6830 
6831 /**
6832  * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6833  *
6834  * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6835  * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6836  *
6837  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6838  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6839  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6840  * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6841  */
6842 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6843 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6844 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6845 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6846 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6847 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1 = 1<<4,
6848 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2 = 1<<5,
6849 	NL80211_TDLS_PEER_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3 = 1<<6,
6850 };
6851 
6852 /**
6853  * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6854  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6855  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6856  *	seconds (u32).
6857  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6858  *	scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6859  *	because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6860  *	make the scan plan meaningless.
6861  * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6862  *	currently defined
6863  * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6864  */
6865 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6866 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6867 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6868 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6869 
6870 	/* keep last */
6871 	__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6872 	NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6873 		__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6874 };
6875 
6876 /**
6877  * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6878  *
6879  * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6880  *	of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6881  * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6882  */
6883 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6884 	__u8 band;
6885 	__s8 delta;
6886 } __attribute__((packed));
6887 
6888 /**
6889  * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6890  *
6891  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6892  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6893  *	is requested.
6894  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6895  *	selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6896  *	When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6897  *	shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6898  *	this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6899  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6900  *	BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6901  *	RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6902  *	value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6903  * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6904  * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6905  *
6906  * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6907  * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6908  * which the driver shall use.
6909  */
6910 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6911 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6912 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6913 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6914 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6915 
6916 	/* keep last */
6917 	__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6918 	NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6919 };
6920 
6921 /**
6922  * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6923  *
6924  * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6925  *
6926  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6927  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6928  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6929  */
6930 enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6931 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6932 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6933 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6934 
6935 	/* keep last */
6936 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6937 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6938 };
6939 
6940 /**
6941  * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6942  *
6943  * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6944  *
6945  * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6946  * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6947  */
6948 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6949 	NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6950 	NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6951 };
6952 
6953 /**
6954  * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6955  *
6956  * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6957  *
6958  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6959  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6960  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6961  */
6962 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6963 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6964 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6965 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6966 };
6967 
6968 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6969 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6970 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6971 
6972 /**
6973  * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6974  * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6975  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6976  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6977  *	specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6978  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6979  *	publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6980  *	Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6981  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6982  *	publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6983  *	the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6984  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6985  *	subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6986  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6987  *	The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6988  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6989  *	is follow up. This is a u8.
6990  *	The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6991  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6992  *	follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6993  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6994  *	close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6995  *	This is a flag.
6996  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6997  *	stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6998  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6999  *	specific info. This is a binary attribute.
7000  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
7001  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
7002  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
7003  *	attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7004  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
7005  *	nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7006  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
7007  *	Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
7008  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
7009  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
7010  *
7011  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
7012  * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
7013  */
7014 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
7015 	__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
7016 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
7017 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
7018 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
7019 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
7020 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
7021 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
7022 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
7023 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
7024 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
7025 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
7026 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
7027 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
7028 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
7029 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
7030 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
7031 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
7032 
7033 	/* keep last */
7034 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
7035 	NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
7036 };
7037 
7038 /**
7039  * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
7040  * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
7041  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
7042  *	This is a flag.
7043  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
7044  *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
7045  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
7046  *	%NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
7047  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
7048  *	and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
7049  *	attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
7050  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
7051  * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
7052  */
7053 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
7054 	__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
7055 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
7056 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
7057 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
7058 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
7059 
7060 	/* keep last */
7061 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
7062 	NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
7063 };
7064 
7065 /**
7066  * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
7067  * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
7068  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
7069  *	match. This is a nested attribute.
7070  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7071  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
7072  *	that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
7073  *	See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7074  *
7075  * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
7076  * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
7077  */
7078 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
7079 	__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
7080 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
7081 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
7082 
7083 	/* keep last */
7084 	NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
7085 	NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
7086 };
7087 
7088 /**
7089  * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
7090  *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
7091  * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
7092  * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
7093  */
7094 enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
7095 	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
7096 	NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
7097 };
7098 
7099 /**
7100  * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
7101  *	responder attributes
7102  * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7103  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
7104  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
7105  *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
7106  *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
7107  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
7108  *	(9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
7109  *	i.e. starting with the measurement token
7110  * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7111  * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
7112  */
7113 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
7114 	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7115 
7116 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
7117 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7118 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7119 
7120 	/* keep last */
7121 	__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7122 	NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7123 };
7124 
7125 /*
7126  * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
7127  *
7128  * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
7129  * when getting FTM responder statistics.
7130  *
7131  * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7132  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
7133  *	were ssfully answered (u32)
7134  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
7135  *	frames were successfully answered (u32)
7136  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
7137  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
7138  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
7139  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
7140  *	indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
7141  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
7142  *	triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
7143  *	phase with the responder (u32)
7144  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
7145  *	- initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
7146  *	FTM slot (u32)
7147  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
7148  *	scheduled window (u32)
7149  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
7150  * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
7151  * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
7152  */
7153 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
7154 	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
7155 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
7156 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
7157 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
7158 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
7159 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
7160 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
7161 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7162 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
7163 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7164 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
7165 
7166 	/* keep last */
7167 	__NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
7168 	NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
7169 };
7170 
7171 /**
7172  * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
7173  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
7174  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
7175  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
7176  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
7177  * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
7178  */
7179 enum nl80211_preamble {
7180 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
7181 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
7182 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
7183 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
7184 	NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
7185 };
7186 
7187 /**
7188  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7189  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7190  *	these numbers also for attributes
7191  *
7192  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7193  *
7194  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7195  * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7196  */
7197 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
7198 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
7199 
7200 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
7201 
7202 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
7203 	NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
7204 };
7205 
7206 /**
7207  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7208  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7209  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7210  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7211  * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7212  *	reason may be available in the response data
7213  */
7214 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
7215 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
7216 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
7217 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
7218 	NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
7219 };
7220 
7221 /**
7222  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7223  * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7224  *
7225  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7226  *	type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7227  *	enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7228  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7229  *	(flag attribute)
7230  *
7231  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7232  * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7233  */
7234 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
7235 	__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7236 
7237 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
7238 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
7239 
7240 	/* keep last */
7241 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
7242 	NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
7243 };
7244 
7245 /**
7246  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7247  * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7248  *
7249  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7250  *	type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7251  *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7252  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7253  *	(using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7254  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7255  *	result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7256  *	more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7257  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7258  *	doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7259  *	This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7260  *	(u64, usec)
7261  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7262  *	(*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7263  *	the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7264  *	result.
7265  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
7266  *
7267  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
7268  * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7269  */
7270 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
7271 	__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7272 
7273 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
7274 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
7275 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
7276 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
7277 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
7278 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7279 
7280 	/* keep last */
7281 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
7282 	NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
7283 };
7284 
7285 /**
7286  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7287  * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7288  *
7289  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7290  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7291  *	attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7292  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7293  *	measurement type, with attributes from the
7294  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7295  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7296  *	measurement type, with attributes from the
7297  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7298  *
7299  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7300  * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7301  */
7302 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
7303 	__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
7304 
7305 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
7306 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
7307 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
7308 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
7309 
7310 	/* keep last */
7311 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
7312 	NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
7313 };
7314 
7315 /**
7316  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7317  * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7318  *
7319  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7320  *	advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7321  *	measurements can be done with in a single request
7322  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
7323  *	indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
7324  *	measurement results
7325  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
7326  *	indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
7327  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
7328  *	this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
7329  *	type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
7330  *	named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
7331  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
7332  *	meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
7333  *	sub-attributes taken from
7334  *	&enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
7335  *
7336  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
7337  * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7338  */
7339 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
7340 	__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
7341 
7342 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
7343 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
7344 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
7345 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
7346 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
7347 
7348 	/* keep last */
7349 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
7350 	NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
7351 };
7352 
7353 /**
7354  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
7355  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7356  *
7357  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
7358  *	is supported
7359  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
7360  *	mode is supported
7361  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
7362  *	data can be requested during the measurement
7363  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
7364  *	location data can be requested during the measurement
7365  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
7366  *	from &enum nl80211_preamble.
7367  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
7368  *	&enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
7369  *	bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
7370  *	configured to allow for other measurements types with different
7371  *	bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
7372  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
7373  *	the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
7374  *	is valid)
7375  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
7376  *	the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
7377  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
7378  *	trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7379  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
7380  *	if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7381  *
7382  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
7383  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7384  */
7385 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
7386 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
7387 
7388 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
7389 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
7390 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
7391 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
7392 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
7393 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
7394 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
7395 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7396 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7397 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7398 
7399 	/* keep last */
7400 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
7401 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
7402 };
7403 
7404 /**
7405  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7406  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7407  *
7408  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7409  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7410  *	&enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7411  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7412  *	802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7413  *	(u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7414  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7415  *	of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7416  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7417  *	Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7418  *	default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7419  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7420  *	requested per burst
7421  *	(u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7422  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7423  *	(u8, default 3)
7424  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7425  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7426  *	(flag)
7427  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7428  *	measurement (flag).
7429  *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7430  *	mutually exclusive.
7431  *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7432  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7433  *	ranging will be used.
7434  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
7435  *	ranging measurement (flag)
7436  *	This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7437  *	mutually exclusive.
7438  *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7439  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7440  *	ranging will be used.
7441  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7442  *	valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7443  *	%NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7444  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7445  *	responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7446  *	or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7447  *
7448  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7449  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7450  */
7451 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
7452 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7453 
7454 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
7455 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
7456 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7457 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
7458 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7459 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7460 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
7461 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
7462 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
7463 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7464 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7465 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
7466 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
7467 
7468 	/* keep last */
7469 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
7470 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
7471 };
7472 
7473 /**
7474  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7475  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7476  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7477  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7478  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7479  *	on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7480  *	try and get no response)
7481  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7482  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7483  *	received
7484  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7485  *	later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7486  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7487  *	by the peer and are no longer supported
7488  */
7489 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7490 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7491 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7492 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7493 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7494 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7495 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7496 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7497 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7498 };
7499 
7500 /**
7501  * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7502  * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7503  *
7504  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7505  *	(u32, optional)
7506  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7507  *	as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7508  *	the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7509  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7510  *	transmitted (u32, optional)
7511  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7512  *	that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
7513  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7514  *	busy peer (u32, seconds)
7515  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7516  *	used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7517  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7518  *	the responder (similar to request, u8)
7519  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7520  *	by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7521  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7522  *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7523  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7524  *	frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7525  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7526  *	FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7527  *	attributes)
7528  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7529  *	action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7530  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7531  *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7532  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7533  *	standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7534  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7535  *	optional)
7536  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7537  *	but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7538  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7539  *	that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7540  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7541  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7542  *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7543  *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7544  *	Type 8.
7545  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7546  *	(binary, optional);
7547  *	this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7548  *	9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7549  *	Type 11.
7550  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7551  *
7552  * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7553  * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7554  */
7555 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7556 	__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7557 
7558 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7559 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7560 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7561 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7562 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7563 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7564 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7565 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7566 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7567 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7568 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7569 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7570 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7571 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7572 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7573 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7574 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7575 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7576 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7577 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7578 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7579 
7580 	/* keep last */
7581 	NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7582 	NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7583 };
7584 
7585 /**
7586  * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7587  * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7588  *
7589  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7590  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7591  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7592  *	tx power offset.
7593  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7594  *	values used by members of the SRG.
7595  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7596  *	BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7597  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7598  *
7599  * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7600  * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7601  */
7602 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7603 	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7604 
7605 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7606 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7607 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7608 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7609 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7610 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7611 
7612 	/* keep last */
7613 	__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7614 	NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7615 };
7616 
7617 /**
7618  * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7619  * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7620  *
7621  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7622  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7623  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7624  *
7625  * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7626  * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7627  */
7628 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7629 	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7630 
7631 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7632 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7633 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7634 
7635 	/* keep last */
7636 	__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7637 	NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7638 };
7639 
7640 /**
7641  * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7642  * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7643  *
7644  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7645  *	attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7646  *	%NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7647  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7648  *	AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7649  *
7650  * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7651  * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7652  */
7653 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7654 	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7655 
7656 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7657 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7658 
7659 	/* keep last */
7660 	__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7661 	NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7662 };
7663 
7664 /**
7665  * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7666  * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7667  *
7668  * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7669  *
7670  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7671  *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7672  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7673  *	Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7674  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7675  *	frame including the headers.
7676  *
7677  * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7678  * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7679  */
7680 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7681 	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7682 
7683 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7684 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7685 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7686 
7687 	/* keep last */
7688 	__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7689 	NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7690 };
7691 
7692 /*
7693  * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7694  * mandatory fields.
7695  */
7696 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7697 
7698 /**
7699  * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7700  *	response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7701  *
7702  * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7703  *
7704  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7705  *	Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7706  *	26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7707  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7708  *	frame template (binary).
7709  *
7710  * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7711  * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7712  */
7713 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7714 	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7715 
7716 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7717 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7718 
7719 	/* keep last */
7720 	__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7721 	NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7722 		__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7723 };
7724 
7725 /**
7726  * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7727  *	derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7728  *	used.
7729  *
7730  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7731  *	attribute is not present from userspace.
7732  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7733  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7734  * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7735  *	can be used.
7736  */
7737 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7738 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7739 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7740 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7741 	NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7742 };
7743 
7744 /**
7745  * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7746  *
7747  * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7748  *
7749  */
7750 enum nl80211_sar_type {
7751 	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7752 
7753 	/* add new type here */
7754 
7755 	/* Keep last */
7756 	NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7757 };
7758 
7759 /**
7760  * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7761  *
7762  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7763  *
7764  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7765  *	limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7766  *	of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7767  *
7768  *	For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7769  *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7770  *
7771  *	For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7772  *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7773  *	and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7774  *
7775  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7776  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7777  *
7778  * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7779  */
7780 enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7781 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7782 
7783 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7784 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7785 
7786 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7787 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7788 };
7789 
7790 /**
7791  * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7792  *
7793  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7794  *	power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7795  *	NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7796  *	0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7797  *
7798  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7799  *	index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7800  *	is applied to this range.
7801  *
7802  *	Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7803  *	and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7804  *	have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7805  *	%NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7806  *	value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7807  *	limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7808  *	It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7809  *
7810  *	Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7811  *
7812  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7813  *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7814  *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7815  *
7816  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7817  *	frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7818  *	It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7819  *
7820  * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7821  * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7822  */
7823 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7824 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7825 
7826 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7827 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7828 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7829 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7830 
7831 	__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7832 	NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7833 };
7834 
7835 /**
7836  * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
7837  * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
7838  * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
7839  * MBSSID and EMA.
7840  * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
7841  * features.
7842  *
7843  * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7844  *
7845  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
7846  *	the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
7847  *	Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
7848  *	wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
7849  *
7850  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
7851  *	to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
7852  *	if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
7853  *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
7854  *	a non-zero value.
7855  *
7856  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
7857  *	this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
7858  *	Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
7859  *	all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
7860  *	for using unique indices for the interfaces.
7861  *	Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
7862  *
7863  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
7864  *	a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
7865  *	the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
7866  *	indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
7867  *	is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
7868  *	the interface index of the same.
7869  *
7870  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
7871  *	Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
7872  *	by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
7873  *
7874  * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7875  * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7876  */
7877 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
7878 	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
7879 
7880 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
7881 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
7882 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
7883 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
7884 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
7885 
7886 	/* keep last */
7887 	__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
7888 	NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7889 };
7890 
7891 /**
7892  * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
7893  *
7894  * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
7895  *	authentication.
7896  * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
7897  *	procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
7898  *	%NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
7899  *	ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
7900  *	userspace.
7901  */
7902 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
7903 	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= 1 << 0,
7904 	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT	= 1 << 1,
7905 	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_1	= 1 << 2,
7906 	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_2	= 1 << 3,
7907 	NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_ANDROID_KABI_RESERVED_3	= 1 << 4,
7908 };
7909 
7910 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
7911